Date post: | 20-Jan-2016 |
Category: |
Documents |
Upload: | lotfi-ben-slim |
View: | 118 times |
Download: | 2 times |
BY APPOINTMENT TOHER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARSJAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
BY APPOINTMENT TOHER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH
THE QUEEN MOTHERMANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
BY APPOINTMENT TOHIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARSJAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
Jaguar Cars Limited
2.0L/2.5L/3.0LElectrical Guide
2.5L & 3.0L – 2001.5 Model Year;2.0L – 2002.25 Model Year
Published by Parts and Service Communications
Publication Part Number – JJM 10 38 20 / 22
1DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Table of Contents
Table of Contents: Figures ................................................................................................................... 2 – 3
Abbreviations and Acronyms ............................................................................................................... 4
Introduction ........................................................................................................................................ 5
Component Index ............................................................................................................................... 6 – 9
User Instructions ............................................................................................................................... 10 – 11
Symbols and Codes ........................................................................................................................... 12 – 14
Network Configuration ...................................................................................................................... 15
Relay and Fuse Location .................................................................................................................... 16
Fuse Box Connectors ......................................................................................................................... 17
Main Power Distribution ................................................................................................................... 18
Harness Layout ................................................................................................................................. 19
Ground Point Location ...................................................................................................................... 20
Control Module Location ................................................................................................................... 21
Control Module Pin Identification ...................................................................................................... 22 – 27
Electrical Guide Figures and Data ............................................................................ follows after page 27(pages are numbered by Figure number)
Appendix (CAN and SCP Messages) ................................................................... follows Figures and Data
2 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0LTable of Contents: Figures
FIGURESFig. Description Variant
01 Power DistributionFig. 01.1 ...... Main Power Distribution ............................................................................ All VehiclesFig. 01.2 ...... Battery Power Distribution ......................................................................... All VehiclesFig. 01.3 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) ..................................... All VehiclesFig. 01.4 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) ............................................. All VehiclesFig. 01.5 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution: Battery Saver .................................... All VehiclesFig. 01.6 ...... Engine Management System Switched Power Distribution ........................... All Vehicles
02 Battery; Starter; GeneratorFig. 02.1 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L ...................................................... 2.5L & 3.0L VehiclesFig. 02.2 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0L ................................................................. 2.0L Vehicles
03 Engine ManagementFig. 03.1 ...... Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 1................................................... 2.5L & 3.0L VehiclesFig. 03.2 ...... Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 2................................................... 2.5L & 3.0L VehiclesFig. 03.3 ...... Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 1 ............................................................. 2.0L VehiclesFig. 03.4 ...... Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 2 ............................................................. 2.0L Vehicles
04 TransmissionFig. 04.1 ...... Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Early Production ............................. 2.5L & 3.0L VehiclesFig. 04.2 ...... Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Later Production ............................. All Vehicles (Later Production)Fig. 04.3 ...... Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Later Production VIN D15361 ..... All Vehicles (Later Production)
05 ChassisFig. 05.1 ...... Anti-Lock Braking ...................................................................................... 2.5L & 3.0L ABS VehiclesFig. 05.2 ...... Dynamic Stability Control .......................................................................... DSC VehiclesFig. 05.3 ...... Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control ........................................................... 2.0L ABS/TC Vehicles
06 Climate ControlFig. 06.1 ...... Manual Climate Control System; Glass Heaters ........................................... Manual Climate Control VehiclesFig. 06.2 ...... Automatic Climate Control System; Glass Heaters ....................................... Automatic Climate Control Vehicles
07 InstrumentationFig. 07.1 ...... Instrument Cluster ..................................................................................... All VehiclesFig. 07.2 ...... Audible Warnings ...................................................................................... All Vehicles
08 Exterior LightingFig. 08.1 ...... Exterior Lighting: Front – Autolamps .......................................................... Autolamp VehiclesFig. 08.2 ...... Exterior Lighting: Front – Non Autolamps; .................................................. Non Autolamp Vehicles;
Exterior Lighting: Front – Daytime Running Lamps ...................................... Daytime Running Lamp VehiclesFig. 08.3 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear ................................................................................ All VehiclesFig. 08.4 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear – European Trailer Towing ....................................... EUR Trailer Towing VehiclesFig. 08.5 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear – U.K. Trailer Towing ............................................... U.K. Trailer Towing VehiclesFig. 08.6 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear – NAS Trailer Towing ............................................... NAS Trailer Towing VehiclesFig. 08.7 ...... Headlamp Leveling .................................................................................... Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
09 Interior LightingFig. 09.1 ...... Interior Lighting ......................................................................................... All VehiclesFig. 09.2 ...... Dimmer-Controlled Lighting ....................................................................... All Vehicles
10 Steering; Mirrors; HeatersFig. 10.1 ...... Variable Assist Steering; Electrochromic Rear View Mirror ........................... All VehiclesFig. 10.2 ...... Door Mirrors: Movement, Fold-Back .......................................................... All Vehicles
3DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Table of Contents: Figures
FIGURESFig. Description Variant
11 Seat SystemsFig. 11.1 ...... Powered Seats: 8-Way Movement .............................................................. 8-Way Powered Seat VehiclesFig. 11.2 ...... Powered Seats: 2-Way Movement .............................................................. 2-Way Powered Seat VehiclesFig. 11.3 ...... Seat Heaters .............................................................................................. Heated Seat Vehicles
12 Door Locking; SecurityFig. 12.1 ...... Central Door Locking: Double Locking ....................................................... Double Locking VehiclesFig. 12.2 ...... Central Door Locking: Non Double Locking ................................................ Non Double Locking VehiclesFig. 12.3 ...... Security System ......................................................................................... All Vehicles
13 Wash / WipeFig. 13.1 ...... Wash / Wipe System .................................................................................. Non Rain Sensing VehiclesFig. 13.2 ...... Wash / Wipe System with Rain Sensing ....................................................... Rain Sensing Vehicles
14 Powered Windows; Sliding RoofFig. 14.1 ...... Powered Windows: LHD............................................................................ LHD VehiclesFig. 14.2 ...... Powered Windows: RHD ........................................................................... RHD VehiclesFig. 14.3 ...... Sliding Roof ............................................................................................... Sliding Roof Vehicles
15 In-Car EntertainmentFig. 15.1 ...... In-Car Entertainment: Standard .................................................................. Standard ICE VehiclesFig. 15.2 ...... In-Car Entertainment: Premium ................................................................. Premium ICE Vehicles
16 TelematicsFig. 16.1 ...... Telephone System: ROW ........................................................................... ROW VehiclesFig. 16.2 ...... Telephone System: NAS ............................................................................. NAS VehiclesFig. 16.3 ...... Telephone System with Voice: ROW .......................................................... ROW VehiclesFig. 16.4 ...... Telephone System with Voice: NAS ............................................................ NAS VehiclesFig. 16.5 ...... Voice Control System ................................................................................. Voice Only VehiclesFig. 16.6 ...... Navigation System (except Japan) ............................................................... NAV Vehicles except JapanFig. 16.7 ...... Navigation System: Japan ........................................................................... Japan NAV Vehicles
17 Occupant ProtectionFig. 17.1 ...... Advanced Restraint System ........................................................................ All Vehicles
18 Driver AssistFig. 18.1 ...... Parking Aid System .................................................................................... Parking Aid Vehicles
19 AncillariesFig. 19.1 ...... Ancillaries: Horn, Cigar Lighter, Accessory Connectors,
Garage Door Opener ................................................................................. All Vehicles
20 Vehicle Multiplex SystemsFig. 20.1 ...... Controller Area Network ............................................................................ All VehiclesFig. 20.2 ...... Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link .............................. All VehiclesFig. 20.3 ...... D2B Network: Part 1 ................................................................................. All VehiclesFig. 20.4 ...... D2B Network: Part 2 ................................................................................. All Vehicles
4 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0LAbbreviations and Acronyms
The following abbreviations and acronyms are used throughout this Electrical Guide:
A/C Air ConditioningA/CCM Air Conditioning Control Module
ABS Anti-Lock BrakingABS/TC Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control
APP SENSOR Accelerator Pedal Position SensorAPP1 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Element 1APP2 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Element 2
AUTO Automatic TransmissionB+ Battery Voltage
BANK 1 RH Cylinder Bank (Cylinders 1, 3, 5)BANK 2 LH Cylinder Bank (Cylinders 2, 4, 6)
CAN Controller Area NetworkCKP SENSOR Crankshaft Position Sensor
CM Control ModuleCMP SENSOR / 1 Camshaft Position Sensor / Bank 1CMP SENSOR / 2 Camshaft Position Sensor / Bank 2
D2B Fiber Optic NetworkDSC Dynamic Stability ControlECM Engine Control Module
ECT SENSOR Engine Coolant Temperature SensorEFT SENSOR Engine Fuel Temperature SensorEGT SENSOR Exhaust Gas Temperature SensorEOT SENSOR Engine Oil Temperature Sensor
EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE Evaporative Emission Canister Close ValveEVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Valve
FTP SENSOR Fuel Tank Pressure SensorGECM General Electronic Control Module
GPS Global Positioning SystemHID High Intensity Discharge
HO2 SENSOR 1 / 1 Heated Oxygen Sensor – Bank 1 / UpstreamHO2 SENSOR 1 / 2 Heated Oxygen Sensor – Bank 1 / DownstreamHO2 SENSOR 2 / 1 Heated Oxygen Sensor – Bank 2 / UpstreamHO2 SENSOR 2 / 2 Heated Oxygen Sensor – Bank 2 / Downstream
IAT SENSOR Intake Air Temperature SensorICE In-Car Entertainment System
IMT VALVE / 1 Intake Manifold Tuning Valve / TopIMT VALVE / 2 Intake Manifold Tuning Valve / Bottom
IC Instrument ClusterIP SENSOR Injection Pressure Sensor
KS Knock SensorLH Left Hand
LHD Left Hand DriveMAF SENSOR Mass Air Flow Sensor
MAN Manual TransmissionMAP SENSOR Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
N/A Normally AspiratedNAS North American Specification
PATS Passive Anti-Theft SystemPWM Pulse Width Modulated
RH Right HandRHD Right Hand Drive
ROW Rest of WorldSCP Standard Corporate Protocol Network
TCM Transmission Control ModuleTP SENSOR Throttle Position Sensor
TP1 Throttle Position Sensor Element 1TP2 Throttle Position Sensor Element 2
TURN Turn SignalTV TelevisionV6 V6 Engine
VEMS Vehicle Emergency Message SystemVICS Vehicle Information Control System
VVT VALVE / 1 Variable Valve Timing Valve / Bank 1VVT VALVE / 2 Variable Valve Timing Valve / Bank 2
+ve Positive–ve Negative
–ve BUS Central Junction Fuse Box Ground Bus
5DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Introduction
Electrical Guide Format
This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general information for and aboutthe use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the Jaguar X-TYPE electrical / electronic systems, as wellas the location and identification of components.
The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number (i.e. Fig. 01.1) andTitle, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure.
It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the book and with thesystem of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents should help to guide the user.
Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)
VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner:
VIN 123456 indicates “up to VIN 123456”; VIN 123456 indicates “from VIN 123456 on”.
Jaguar X-TYPE Electrical System Architecture
Power SuppliesThe Jaguar X-TYPE electrical system is a supply-side switched system. The ignition switch directly carries much of the ignition switched powersupply load. Power supply is provided via three methods: direct battery power supply, ignition switched power supply, and “Battery Saver”power supply. The “Battery Saver” power supply circuit is controlled via GECM (General Electronic Control Module) internal timer circuits.Refer to Figure 01.5 for circuit activation details.
Fuse BoxesThe electrical harness incorporates a hard-wired Power Distribution Fuse Box in the engine compartment and a serviceable Central JunctionFuse Box in the front left-hand foot well. All fuses and relays (except the trailer towing accessory kit) are located in the two fuse boxes.
Vehicle NetworksThe Jaguar X-TYPE employs three different networks: a CAN (Controller Area Network) for high-speed powertrain communications, an SCP(Standard Corporate Protocol) network for slower speed body systems communications, and a D2B (Optical) Network for very high-speed“real-time” audio data transfer. The D2B Network is a fiber optic network with a gateway to the remaining vehicle networks via the AudioUnit (Radio Head Unit). Technician access to the three networks and the Serial Data Link is via the Data Link Connector.
Ground StudsCircuit ground connections are made at body studs located throughout the vehicle. There are no separate power and logic grounding systems;however, there are a certain number of components that use unique ground points.
X-TYPE INSTRUMENT PANEL
6 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0LComponent Index
Accessory Power Relay .......................................................... Fig. 01.3Active Security Sounder ......................................................... Fig. 12.3Air Conditioning Blower Relay ............................................... Fig. 06.1Air Conditioning Blower Relay ............................................... Fig. 06.2Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch ...................................... Fig. 03.2............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch Relay ............................. Fig. 03.2Air Conditioning Control Module (Automatic, Panel) .............. Fig. 06.2............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
Air Conditioning Control Module (Manual, Panel) .................. Fig. 06.1............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
Air Conditioning Control Module (Remote) ............................. Fig. 06.2............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
Air Conditioning Pressure Sensor ........................................... Fig. 03.2............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
Air Temperature Blend Actuator ............................................ Fig. 06.1............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
Airbag Deactivated Indicator Lamp – Passenger ...................... Fig. 17.1Ambient Temperature Sensor ................................................. Fig. 06.2Antenna Module .................................................................... Fig. 15.1............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2
Anti-Lock Braking System Control Module .............................. Fig. 05.1............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control Control Module ............. Fig. 05.3............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
APP Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 03.1Audio Control Switches ......................................................... Fig. 15.1............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4............................................................................................. Fig. 16.5
Audio Unit ............................................................................ Fig. 09.2............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 15.1............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2............................................................................................. Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4............................................................................................. Fig. 16.5............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2............................................................................................. Fig. 20.3............................................................................................. Fig. 20.4
Autolamps Sensor .................................................................. Fig. 08.1Automatic Transmission ......................................................... Fig. 04.1............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2............................................................................................. Fig. 04.3
Battery Saver Relay ................................................................ Fig. 01.5Battery .................................................................................. Fig. 01.1............................................................................................. Fig. 02.1............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2
Blower (Automatic) ................................................................ Fig. 06.2Blower (Manual) .................................................................... Fig. 06.1Blower Series Resistor ............................................................ Fig. 06.1Brake Cancel Switch .............................................................. Fig. 03.2............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
Brake Fluid Switch ................................................................. Fig. 07.1Brake On / Off Switch ............................................................ Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4............................................................................................. Fig. 05.1............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
Brake Pressure Sensor ............................................................ Fig. 05.2
Cabin Accessory Connector ................................................... Fig. 19.1Capacitor (ABS / DSC / TC) ..................................................... Fig. 05.1............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3Caravan Connector ................................................................ Fig. 08.5CD Autochanger .................................................................... Fig. 15.1............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2............................................................................................. Fig. 20.3............................................................................................. Fig. 20.4Cellular Phone Control Module .............................................. Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4............................................................................................. Fig. 20.3............................................................................................. Fig. 20.4Central Junction Fuse Box ...................................................... Fig. 01.1............................................................................................. Fig. 01.2............................................................................................. Fig. 01.3............................................................................................. Fig. 01.4............................................................................................. Fig. 01.5............................................................................................. Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4............................................................................................. Fig. 05.1............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3............................................................................................. Fig. 06.1............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2............................................................................................. Fig. 08.1............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6Cigar Lighter .......................................................................... Fig. 09.2............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1CKP Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3Clutch Cancel Switch ............................................................. Fig. 03.2............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2............................................................................................. Fig. 04.3Clutch Pedal Safety Switch ..................................................... Fig. 02.1............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2............................................................................................. Fig. 04.3CMP Sensors ......................................................................... Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3Cooling Fans .......................................................................... Fig. 03.2............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4Cooling Fan Module .............................................................. Fig. 03.2............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4Curtain Airbag Igniters ........................................................... Fig. 17.1Data Link Connector .............................................................. Fig. 20.1............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2Defrost Door Actuator ........................................................... Fig. 06.1............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2Dip Beam Relay ..................................................................... Fig. 08.1............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2............................................................................................. Fig. 08.7Discharge Temperature Sensor ............................................... Fig. 06.1............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2Door Courtesy Lamps ............................................................ Fig. 09.1Door Latch Assembly – LH Front ............................................ Fig. 07.2............................................................................................. Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2............................................................................................. Fig. 14.3
7DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Door Latch Assembly – RH Front ............................................ Fig. 07.2............................................................................................. Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 14.3
Door Latch Assemblies – Rear ................................................ Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3
Door Mirrors ......................................................................... Fig. 06.1............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2
Door Switch Pack – Driver ..................................................... Fig. 09.2............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2
Door Switch Pack – Passenger ................................................ Fig. 09.2............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2
Door Switch Packs – Rear ....................................................... Fig. 09.2............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2
Dual Airbag Igniters ............................................................... Fig. 17.1Dynamic Stability Control Control Module ............................. Fig. 05.2Dynamic Stability Control Switch ........................................... Fig. 05.2............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2
ECT Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
EFT Sensor ............................................................................. Fig. 03.1Electrochromic Rear View Mirror ........................................... Fig. 10.1EMS Control Relay ................................................................. Fig. 01.6Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L) ...................................... Fig. 02.1............................................................................................. Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 03.2............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2............................................................................................. Fig. 04.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2
Engine Control Module (2.0L) ................................................. Fig. 02.2............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2............................................................................................. Fig. 04.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2
EOT Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
EVAP Canister Close Valve ..................................................... Fig. 03.1EVAP Canister Purge Valve .................................................... Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
Evaporator Temperature Sensor ............................................. Fig. 06.1Evaporator Temperature Sensor ............................................. Fig. 06.2Fog Lamps ............................................................................. Fig. 08.1............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
Fold Flat Module ................................................................... Fig. 10.2Footwell Lamps ..................................................................... Fig. 09.1Fresh / Recirculation Flap Actuator ......................................... Fig. 06.1............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
Front Axle Sensor .................................................................. Fig. 08.7Front Impact Sensor .............................................................. Fig. 17.1FTP Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 03.1Fuel Injectors ......................................................................... Fig. 03.2............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
Fuel Level Sensors ................................................................. Fig. 07.1
Fuel Pump (2.5L & 3.0L) ......................................................... Fig. 03.2Fuel Pump (2.0L) ................................................................... Fig. 03.4Fuel Pump Module (2.5L & 3.0L) ............................................ Fig. 03.2Fuel Pump Relay (2.0L) .......................................................... Fig. 03.4General Electronic Control Module ........................................ Fig. 01.5............................................................................................. Fig. 02.1............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2............................................................................................. Fig. 07.1............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2............................................................................................. Fig. 08.1............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6............................................................................................. Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2............................................................................................. Fig. 14.3............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2
Generator .............................................................................. Fig. 02.1............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2
Glove Box Lamp .................................................................... Fig. 08.1............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2............................................................................................. Fig. 09.1
Handset Receiver (NAS) ......................................................... Fig. 16.2............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4
Handset Receiver (ROW) ........................................................ Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3
Hazard Switch ....................................................................... Fig. 08.2............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
Hazard, Seat Heater Switches ................................................. Fig. 09.2Headlamp Leveling Control Module ....................................... Fig. 08.7............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2
Headlamp Units .................................................................... Fig. 08.1............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2............................................................................................. Fig. 08.7
Heated Rear Window ............................................................ Fig. 06.1............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2............................................................................................. Fig. 15.1............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2
Heated Rear Window Relay ................................................... Fig. 06.1............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
High Mount Stop Lamp .......................................................... Fig. 08.3............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
HO2 Sensors ......................................................................... Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
Hood Security Switch ............................................................. Fig. 12.3Horn Relay ............................................................................ Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1
Horn Switch .......................................................................... Fig. 19.1Horns .................................................................................... Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1
Idle Speed Control Valve ........................................................ Fig. 03.3Ignition Capacitor .................................................................. Fig. 03.2............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
Ignition Modules and Coils ..................................................... Fig. 03.2............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
Ignition Relay ........................................................................ Fig. 01.4
Component Index
8 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Ignition Switch ....................................................................... Fig. 01.1............................................................................................. Fig. 01.3............................................................................................. Fig. 01.4............................................................................................. Fig. 02.1............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2............................................................................................. Fig. 04.3............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3
IMT Solenoid Valves .............................................................. Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
In-Car Temperature Sensor .................................................... Fig. 06.2Inclination Sensor .................................................................. Fig. 12.3Inertia Switch ........................................................................ Fig. 01.1............................................................................................. Fig. 01.4............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2
Instrument Cluster ................................................................. Fig. 02.1............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2............................................................................................. Fig. 07.1............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2............................................................................................. Fig. 10.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2
IP Sensor ............................................................................... Fig. 03.1J Gate Assembly ..................................................................... Fig. 04.1............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2............................................................................................. Fig. 04.3............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
JaguarNet GPS Antenna ......................................................... Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4
Knock Sensor ........................................................................ Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
License Plate Lamps ............................................................... Fig. 08.3............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
MAF Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
Main Beam / Front Fog Relay .................................................. Fig. 08.1............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
MAP Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
Master Lighting Switch ........................................................... Fig. 07.1............................................................................................. Fig. 08.1............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6............................................................................................. Fig. 08.7............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2
Mid Bass Speakers ................................................................. Fig. 15.2Navigation Control Module .................................................... Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4............................................................................................. Fig. 16.6............................................................................................. Fig. 16.7............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2............................................................................................. Fig. 20.3............................................................................................. Fig. 20.4
Navigation GPS Antenna ........................................................ Fig. 16.6............................................................................................. Fig. 16.7Oil Pressure Switch ................................................................ Fig. 07.1Output Speed Sensor ............................................................. Fig. 04.1Panel / Floor Actuator ............................................................ Fig. 06.1............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2Parking Aid Control Module ................................................... Fig. 18.1............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2Parking Aid Sensors ............................................................... Fig. 18.1Parking Aid Sounder .............................................................. Fig. 18.1Passive Anti-Theft System Transceiver .................................... Fig. 02.1............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3Passive Security Sounder ........................................................ Fig. 12.3Power Distribution Fuse Box .................................................. Fig. 01.1............................................................................................. Fig. 01.2............................................................................................. Fig. 01.3............................................................................................. Fig. 01.6............................................................................................. Fig. 02.1............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2............................................................................................. Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 03.2............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2............................................................................................. Fig. 04.3............................................................................................. Fig. 06.1............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2............................................................................................. Fig. 08.1............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2............................................................................................. Fig. 08.7............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1Power Wash Pump ................................................................ Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2Power Wash Pump Relay ....................................................... Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2Rain Sensing Control Module ................................................. Fig. 13.2Rain Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 13.2Rear Axle Sensor .................................................................... Fig. 08.7Rear Interior Lamp ................................................................. Fig. 09.1Restraints Control Module ..................................................... Fig. 07.1............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2Reverse Lamps Relay .............................................................. Fig. 08.3Reverse Lamps Switch ............................................................ Fig. 04.1............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2............................................................................................. Fig. 04.3............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3Roof Console ......................................................................... Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 14.3............................................................................................. Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4............................................................................................. Fig. 16.5............................................................................................. Fig. 16.7............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2Seat Back Heaters .................................................................. Fig. 11.3Seat Belt Pretensioner Igniters ................................................ Fig. 17.1Seat Belt Switches .................................................................. Fig. 17.1Seat Cushion Heaters ............................................................. Fig. 11.3Seat Heater Modules .............................................................. Fig. 11.3Seat Heater Switches ............................................................. Fig. 11.3Seat Lumbar Pumps ............................................................... Fig. 11.1Seat Lumbar Switch Packs ...................................................... Fig. 11.1
Component Index
9DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Seat Movement Motors .......................................................... Fig. 11.1............................................................................................. Fig. 11.2
Seat Position Switch – Driver .................................................. Fig. 17.1Seat Switch Packs .................................................................. Fig. 11.1............................................................................................. Fig. 11.2
Seat Weight Pressure Sensor – Passenger ................................ Fig. 17.1Seat Weight Sensing Control Module – Passenger ................... Fig. 17.1Security Indicator .................................................................. Fig. 12.3Side Airbag Igniters ................................................................ Fig. 17.1Side Impact Sensors ............................................................... Fig. 17.1Side Marker Lamp – Front ...................................................... Fig. 08.1............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
Side Marker Lamp – Rear ....................................................... Fig. 08.3............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
Sliding Roof Control Module .................................................. Fig. 14.3Solar Sensor .......................................................................... Fig. 06.2Speakers ................................................................................ Fig. 15.1Speed Control Switches ......................................................... Fig. 03.2............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
Speed Control Control Module .............................................. Fig. 03.4Starter Motor ......................................................................... Fig. 02.1............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2
Starter Relay .......................................................................... Fig. 02.1............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2
Steering Angle Sensor ............................................................ Fig. 05.2............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
Steering Wheel ...................................................................... Fig. 09.2Sub Woofer ........................................................................... Fig. 15.2Tail Lamp Units ..................................................................... Fig. 08.3............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
TCM Relay ............................................................................. Fig. 04.1............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2............................................................................................. Fig. 04.3
Telematics Display ................................................................. Fig. 09.2............................................................................................. Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4............................................................................................. Fig. 16.6............................................................................................. Fig. 16.7
Telephone Antenna, Bumper (NAS) ........................................ Fig. 16.2............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4
Telephone Antenna, Bumper (ROW) ...................................... Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3
Telephone Antenna, JaguarNet (NAS) ..................................... Fig. 16.2............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4
Telephone Antenna, JaguarNet (ROW) ................................... Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3
Television Antennas and Amplifiers ........................................ Fig. 16.7Throttle Body ........................................................................ Fig. 03.1Throttle Motor ....................................................................... Fig. 03.1Throttle Motor Relay .............................................................. Fig. 03.1TP Sensor (2.5L & 3.0L) .......................................................... Fig. 03.1TP Sensor (2.0L) ..................................................................... Fig. 03.3Traction Control Switch ......................................................... Fig. 05.3Trailer Connector .................................................................. Fig. 08.4............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
Trailer Towing Control Module .............................................. Fig. 08.4............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
Trailer Towing Rear Accessory Connector ............................... Fig. 08.4............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
Transit Isolation Device .......................................................... Fig. 01.1
Transmission Control Module ................................................ Fig. 04.1............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2............................................................................................. Fig. 04.3............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
Transmission Range Sensor .................................................... Fig. 02.1............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2
Trunk Accessory Connector ................................................... Fig. 19.1Trunk Lamp ........................................................................... Fig. 09.1Trunk Lock Motor .................................................................. Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3
Trunk Release Switch ............................................................. Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2
Turn Repeaters ...................................................................... Fig. 08.1............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
Turn Signal Switch ................................................................. Fig. 07.1............................................................................................. Fig. 08.1............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
Tweeters ............................................................................... Fig. 15.2Vacuum Module .................................................................... Fig. 05.1............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3
Vacuum Pump ....................................................................... Fig. 05.1............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3
Vanity Mirror Lamps .............................................................. Fig. 09.1Variable Assist Servo .............................................................. Fig. 10.1Vehicle Information Antenna and Amplifier ........................... Fig. 16.7Vehicle Information Control Module ...................................... Fig. 16.7Vehicle Information Sensor .................................................... Fig. 16.7Voice Activation Control Module ........................................... Fig. 16.3............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4............................................................................................. Fig. 16.5............................................................................................. Fig. 20.3............................................................................................. Fig. 20.4
VVT Solenoid Valves .............................................................. Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
Washer Fluid Level Switch ..................................................... Fig. 07.1Wheel Speed Sensors ............................................................. Fig. 05.1............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3
Window Motor Assemblies .................................................... Fig. 14.1............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2
Windshield Heaters ............................................................... Fig. 06.1............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
Windshield Heater Relay ........................................................ Fig. 06.1............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
Windshield Washer Pump ..................................................... Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
Windshield Wiper Motor Relay .............................................. Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
Wiper Motor Assembly .......................................................... Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
Wiper Switch Assembly .......................................................... Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
Yaw Rate Sensor .................................................................... Fig. 05.2............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
Component Index
10 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0LUser Instructions
Figure and Data Page Layout
Figure PagesEach Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system (01 - Power Distribution,02 - Battery; Starter; Generator, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.).Refer to the Table of Contents: Figures for a complete list of the Figures.
The Figures 01 - Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols refer the userto a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates the need to include detailedPower Distribution information on each of the Figures. The reference symbols are defined on page 12.
Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are folding pages. The usermust fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided.
Data PagesThe Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds. This information issupplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book.
When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix.
Most circuits that incorporate a control module include pinout information. The characteristics listed are approximately those that can beexpected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. This informationis provided to assist the user in understanding circuit operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
11DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L User Instructions
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 02.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBATTERY — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH PA5 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / WHITEJB172 23-WAY / BLUE
GENERATOR EN49 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE BANK 1, FRONT
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / YELLOW
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER IP15 4-WAY / GREEN STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
STARTER MOTOR (EARLY PRODUCTION) ST2 1-WAY EYELET ENGINE BLOCK RH SIDEST3 1-WAY EYELET
STARTER MOTOR (LATER PRODUCTION) EN700 1-WAY EYELET ENGINE BLOCK RH SIDEST2 1-WAY EYELET
STARTER RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R10
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR JB156 10-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
EN700 1-WAY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS STARTER SOLENOID
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G13 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK
G16 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicS IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +
I IP6-8 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicD IP10-3 PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D IP10-4 PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
I IP10-5 PATS GROUND: GROUND
O IP10-6 PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+
C IP10-17 CAN +
C IP10-18 CAN –
S IP10-22 SCP +
S IP10-23 SCP –
I IP11-7 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I IP11-8 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP11-11 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)
Pin Description and CharacteristicI EN16-006 ENGINE CRANK: B+
I EN16-031 PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I EN16-031 CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
O EN16-041 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I EN16-053 GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
O EN16-065 GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION
I EN16-079 GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON
C EN16-123 CAN –
C EN16-124 CAN +
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L Fig. 02.1
R
B
YIP18-7
IP18-5
IP18-4
I
II
III
4
IP11-7
O
OIP10-4IP15-4
S
SIP10-23
IP10-2220.2
20.2U
Y
S
SIP5-18
IP5-1920.2
20.2U
Y
WGIP10-3IP15-3
IP10-5IP15-2
IP15-1
G
IP11-8G37AL
(G36BL)
D
D
BIP6-8
I
B
GIP10-6
BJB160
EN16-123
EN16-124
EN16-79
EN16-53
Y
G
ST2
B
B
EN49-2
EN49-1
EN49-4
GR
RG
U
ST4
Y
I
I
41II
EN16-65 EN49-3
OGO
20.1
20.1
C
CIP10-17
IP10-1820.1
20.1Y
GC
C
JB156-6
JB156-10
NB
39II
JB129-11 JBS34
JB2-16
GO BRW(NAS)
(ROW)
(NAS)
(ROW)
Y Y
I
I
P, N
EN16-31
Y
B
EN16-41
GO O
Y
GO
OY
Y
28
JB1-40
GO
Y
JB1-34
(AUTO)
(MAN)W
U
PA5-2PA5-1
EN16-6
BG12A
G16AS
BG12B
G13AS
7
JB145-5
JB2-12
14II
IP11-11
GR
61
15II
B
3
1
R10
2
5
4
N
P
EN700
JB1-42
Y
YB
B
B
P
YEN700-1ST3
(2)
(1)
BATTERY
KEY-IN
IGNITION SWITCH(III)
TRANSMISSIONRANGE SENSOR
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFTSYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
CLUTCH PEDALSAFETY SWITCH
SECURITY
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
PASSIVEANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
PATS POWER
PATS GROUND
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
O.K. TO START
O.K. TO START
STARTERRELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
STARTER MOTOR
GENERATOR WARNING
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
GENERATOR
STARTENGINE
CRANKENGINEREQUEST
NOTE: ECM power supplies andgrounds shown on Fig. 03.1.
FIELD
CHARGE
GENERATORLOAD
2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
NOTATION:
(1) Early production vehicles(2) Later production vehicles
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION FIGURE NUMBER COMPONENT, CONNECTOR ANDGROUND INFORMATION
DATE OF ISSUE
DATA PAGE
FIGURE MODEL RANGE AND YEAR TITLE FIGURE NUMBER
KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS VARIANT, VIN RANGE ANDDATE OF ISSUEFIGURE PAGE
12 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0LSymbols and Codes
NOTE: In the examples on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.
Reference Symbols
Battery power supply
Ignition switched auxiliary power supply (key I)
Ignition switched power supply (key II, III)
Ignition switched Battery Saver power supply
Engine Management System power supply
Figure number reference
Controller Area Network
Standard Corporate Protocol network
D2B network
Wiring Symbols
Simplified splice
Bulb
Capacitor
Connector
Diode
Eyelet and stud
Fuse
Ground
Hall effect sensor
Motor
Potentiometer
Power distribution box terminal
Pressure transducer
Resistor
Solenoid
Suppression diode
Suppression resistor
Thermistor
Transistor
Wire continued
Zener diode
X
XX.X
SCP
CAN
D2B
XI
XII
EX
BX
H
Light emitting diode (LED)
Splice
Control Module Pin Symbols
Input CAN network
Output SCP network
Battery voltage D2B network
Power ground Serial and encoded data
Sensor/signal supply V *
Sensor/signal ground **
* May also indicate Reference Voltage.
** May also indicate Reference Ground or Logic Ground.
Refer to Control Module Pin-Out Information.
I
O
C
S
+
–
D
D2
B+
P
13DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Symbols and Codes
Wiring Color Codes
N Brown O Orange
B Black S Slate
W White L Light
K Pink U Blue
G Green P Purple
R Red BRD Braid
Y Yellow BOF Fiber optic (D2B Network)
Code Numbering
When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar Engineer-ing uses a three-position format: AC001, AC002, etc. Because spaceis limited in this Electrical Guide the codes have, in most cases, beenshortened. Thus AC001-001 becomes AC1-1, AC002-001 becomesAC2-1, etc.
Harness Codes
AC Climate Control
AL LH Side Airbag
AR RH Side Airbag
BL LH Rear Door
BR RH Rear Door
CA Cabin
EN Engine
FB Front Bumper
FL LH Front Door
FR RH Front Door
FT Fuel Tank
GC Cooling Pack
IL Injector Rail
IP Instrument Panel
JB Junction Box
LF LH Front Wheel Speed Sensor
LR LH Rear Wheel Speed Sensor
LS LH Front Seat
NA Navigation System
PA Pedals
PH Telephone
RB Rear Bumper
RC Roof Console
RF RH Front Wheel Speed Sensor
RR RH Rear Wheel Speed Sensor
RS RH Front Seat
TL Trunk Lid
TM Trunk Main
VM Vacuum Module
VP Vacuum Pump
14 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0LSymbols and Codes
Grounds
There may be up to three eyelets on one ground stud. A, B and C are used to indicate the position of the eyelet on the stud: A – first (bottom),B – second (middle), C – third (top). Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single ‘leg’,which is identified by an S; the eyelet pair has two ‘legs’, identified as L (left) or R (right).
EXAMPLE:
S L R
SINGLE EYELET EYELET PAIR
G15AS G30CR
Ground
Ground stud number 15
Single eyelet
First eyelet on stud
Ground
Ground stud number 30
Eyelet pair, RH leg
Third eyelet on stud
On figures where LHD and RHD circuits are combined and the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is shown inparentheses. If the ground designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used.
EXAMPLE:
G15AR(G4AR)
G30ASLHD Vehicles
RHD VehiclesSame for LHD and RHD Vehicles
Relays
All relays are located in the Power Distribution Fuse Box and the Central Junction Fuse Box. Relays do not have a separate relay connector(base). All relays use the ISO pin numbering system (1, 2, 3, 4, 5). Each relay in the vehicle is identified by a unique “R” number.
EXAMPLE:
3
1
5
2
R6 4
3
1
5
2
R2
CHANGE-OVER RELAY NORMALLY OPEN RELAY
Fuses
All fuses are located in the Power Distribution Fuse Box and the Central Junction Fuse Box. Each fuse in the vehicle is identified by a unique “F” number.
EXAMPLE:F67 30A
Networks
In most instances, networks are shown as a broken grey line to indicate that there is network communication between the depicted controlmodules. Refer to Figures 20.1, 20.2, 20.3 and 20.4 for circuit details.
EXAMPLE:
S
SIP5-2
IP5-120.2
20.2 20.2
IP10-1
IP10-2
S
SU
Y
U
Y20.2
SCP
MESSAGE(S)
MESSAGE(S)
MESSAGE(S)
MESSAGE(S)
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE
15DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
CAN SCP
D2B
Network Configuration
RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE
PARKING AIDCONTROL MODULE
ROOFCONSOLE
ABS, ABS/TC OR DSCCONTROL MODULE
DSCYAW RATE SENSOR
HEADLAMP LEVELINGCONTROL MODULE
DSCSTEERING ANGLE
SENSOR
J GATE
NETWORK GATEWAY
VOICE ACTIVATIONCONTROL MODULE
CELLULAR PHONECONTROL MODULE
CDAUTOCHANGER
AUDIO UNIT
NETWORK GATEWAY
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
SERIAL DATA LINK
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
CAN NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
D2B NETWORK
SERIAL DATA LINK
NOTE: TYPICAL NETWORK CONFIGURATION.REFER TO FIGURES 20.1, 20.2, 20.3 AND 20.4 FOR CIRCUIT DETAILS.
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENTCLUSTER GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
16 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
F20
5AF21
15A
F13
30A
F22
20AF23
10A
F15
30A
F24
15A
F16
20A
F25
15A
F17
20AF18
20AF19
15A
F26
15AF27
10AF28
15A
D2F36
10AF37
15A
F29
30A
F38
30A
F30
30A
F39
5A
F31
10A
F40
15A
F32
5A
F41
10AF42
30A
R11 R8
R5
R6
R4
R3
R9 R7
R10
R1R2
F1
20AF2
50AF3
60AF4
30AF5
30AF6
30AF7
50AF9
50A F8
80A
F10
20A
F66
30AF67
5AF64
7.5AF63
7.5AF62
7.5AF61
20AF60
20AF68
15A
F75
7.5AF74
15AF78
5AF77
7.5AF73
15AF72
15AF71
15AF70
30AF69
7.5A
F87
15AF86
7.5AF85
7.5AF84
5AF83
15AF82
10AF81
20AF80
7.5A79
10A
F97
7.5AF96
7.5AF95
10AF99
10AF98
10AF94
20AF93
30AF92
10AF91
10AF90
7.5A
R21R15
R17
R18
R20
R19
Relay and Fuse Location
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
R1 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR RELAY
R2 WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY
R3 HORN RELAY
R4 ACCESSORY POWER RELAY
R5 POWER WASH PUMP RELAY
R6 A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
R7 EMS CONTROL RELAY
R8 TCM RELAY
R9 DIP BEAM RELAY
R10 STARTER RELAY
R11 THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY (2.5L & 3.0L);FUEL PUMP RELAY (2.0L)
FRONT OF VEHICLE
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
R15 MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY
R16 NOT USED
R17 REVERSE LAMPS RELAY
R18 IGNITION RELAY
R19 HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY
R20 A/C BLOWER RELAY
R21 BATTERY SAVER RELAY
17DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Fuse Box Connectors
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX – FRONT CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX – REAR
IP4
IP2
IP1
IP3 JB51
JB52 CA77
CA75
JB50
CA76
CA78
14 8
17
1 4
85
14 8
17
16 9
1
1 2
3 4
1 2
1 2
2 1
8
1 8
169
1 8
169
1 8
169
18 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
–
–
–
+
Main Power Distribution
BATTERY
BATTERY CHASSIS GROUND(UNDER BATTERY TRAY)
POWER DISTRIBUTIONFUSE BOX
JUNCTION BOX HARNESS: JB
CENTRAL JUNCTIONFUSE BOX
CABIN HARNESS: CA
GENERATOR
STARTER
BATTERY ENGINE GROUND
ENGINE HARNESS: EN
19DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Harness Layout
VACUUM MODULE HARNESS: VM
VACUUM PUMP HARNESS: VP
ENGINE HARNESS: EN
LH FRONT WHEELSPEED SENSOR HARNESS: LF
JUNCTION BOX HARNESS: JB
LH FRONT DOOR HARNESS: FL
INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS: IP
ROOF HARNESS: RC
CABIN HARNESS: CA
NAVIGATION SYSTEMHARNESS: NA
LH REAR DOOR HARNESS: BL
TELEPHONE HARNESS: TL
LH REAR WHEELSPEED SENSOR HARNESS: LR
FRONT BUMPER HARNESS: FB
COOLING PACK HARNESS: GC
INJECTOR RAIL HARNESS: IJ
RH FRONT WHEELSPEED SENSOR HARNESS: RF
PEDAL HARNESS: PA
AIR CONDITIONING HARNESS: AC
RH FRONT DOOR HARNESS: FR
RHD INSTRUMENT PACKHARNESS DEVIATION
RH SEAT HARNESS: RS
LH SEAT HARNESS: LS
RH REAR DOOR HARNESS: BR
RH REAR WHEELSPEED SENSOR HARNESS: RR
TRUNK MAIN HARNESS: TM
REAR BUMPER HARNESS: RB
TRUNK LID HARNESS: TL
20 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0LGround Point Location
G32 – UNDERLH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
(HID GROUND)
G11 – UNDERLH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G16 – UNDER BATTERY TRAY(BATTERY CHASSIS GROUND)
G13 – ENGINE BLOCK(BATTERY ENGINE GROUND)
G14 – REARWARD OF POWERDISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G37 – LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G15 – LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER
G35 – LH ‘E’ POST, LOWER(FUEL PUMP GROUND)
G38 – ROOF, TOP OF LH ‘E’ POST(HIGH MOUNT
STOP LAMP GROUND)
G3 – LH ‘E’ POST(HEATED REAR WINDOW
GROUND)
G39 – TRUNK, LH REAR
G40 – TRUNK, LH REAR
G1 – TRUNK, LH REAR
G2 – TRUNK, LH REAR
G18 – UNDERRH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G10 – UNDERRH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G17 – ON GENERATOR BRACKET(A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCHGROUND)
G33 – BEHINDRH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY(HID GROUND)
G8 – RH FRONTINNER WHEEL ARCH
G36 – RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G5 – RH ‘A’ POST, LOWER
G4 – RH ‘A’ POST, LOWER
NOTE: UNIQUE GROUND STUDS ARE NOTED IN PARENTHESES.
21DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Control Module Location
COOLING FAN MODULE
VACUUM MODULE
AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE
(COMBINED WITHCONTROL PANEL)
RAIN SENSINGCONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: LHD
LH SEAT HEATER MODULE
FUEL PUMP MODULE
TRAFFIC MASTERCONTROL MODULE
CELLULAR PHONECONTROL MODULE
VOICE ACTIVATIONCONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
VEHICLE INFORMATIONCONTROL MODULE
ABS, ABS/TC OR DSCCONTROL MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: RHD
RH SEAT HEATER MODULE
TRAILER TOWING MODULE
PARKING AIDCONTROL MODULE
SPEED CONTROLCONTROL MODULE
HEADLAMP LEVELINGCONTROL MODULE
RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE
YAW RATE SENSOR
J GATE MODULE
AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE(REMOTE)
22 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
107
Y10
8 P10
9R
W11
0G
111
B11
2—
113
BG
114
BO
115
BG
116
B11
7—
118
BO
119
BW
120
BW
81 B82 B
83 Y84 P
85 —86 —
87 GU
88 GW
89 GR
90 —91 B
92 U93 U
Y
79 Y80 U
Y81 I
82 —83 —
84 WG
85 B86 G
87 N88 G
89 Y90 —
91 B
53 N54 N
55 BR
56 GW
57 GU
58 —59 O
60 B61 P
62 Y63 GO
64 B65 BG
27 N28 W
29 BW
30 GW
31 BW
32 —33 —
34 GO
35 U36 GU
37 N38 BG
39 W
1 BW
2W
U3 BG
4 B5 B
6 Y7 U
8 OG
9 —10 —
11 OY
12 YG
13 YG
92 BW
93 BW
94 BO
95 G96 RW
97 G98 R
99 GR
100
—10
1—
102
B10
3G
O10
4R
U
66 BO
67 BG
68 GO
69 B70 O
Y71 O
Y72 —
73 —74 U
Y75 B
76 GO
77 RU
78 B
40 GU
41 GW
42 GR
43 RG
44 WU
45 —46 U
Y47 U
48 B49 —
50 P51 Y
52 B
14 GU
15 GW
16 GR
17 G18 B
19 B20 BG
21 NR
22 WG
23 WG
24 —25 P
26 Y
55 GO
56 GO
57 —58 —
59 —60 —
61 GU
62 GW
63 GR
64 —65 OG
66 UY
67 O
29 B30 B
31 B32 —
33 WG
34 BG
35 —36 P
37 Y38 O
Y39 O
Y40 B
41 GO
1 RU
2 RU
3 —4 B
5 B6 Y
7 GO
8 GO
9 U10 GU
11 —12 O
Y13 Y
14 —
121
WU
122
—12
3G
124
Y12
5—
126
—12
7B
W12
8N
129
N13
0B
R13
1Y
G13
2Y
G13
3B
G13
4R
W
94 O95 B
96 —97 —
98 N99 —
100
BG
101
—10
2R
103
Y10
4R
G10
5W
106
R
68 G69 N
70 UY
71 O72 —
73 U74 —
75 P76 Y
77 —78 Y
79 U80 G
42 —43 BG
44 GW
45 BW
46 BW
47 YR
48 YG
49 —50 U
51 WU
52 GR
53 RG
54 B
15 —16 —
17 B18 B
19 BG
20 BG
21 —22 N
R23 W
G24 W
G25 W
26 WU
27 N28 —
EN
16
EN
65
18 R17 B
16 O15 N
14 N13 G
12 G11 —
10 W9 B
8 R7 O
6 UY
5 N4 U
3 G2 —
1 —
36 WU
35 —34 Y
33 Y32 —
31 —30 U
29 —28 —
27 Y26 G
25 W24 N
23 —22 —
21 N20 B
19 —
54 WU
53 Y52 G
51 —50 —
49 —48 —
47 OY
46 O45 BW
44 U43 —
42 Y41 —
40 —39 W
38 B37 —
JB
131
Control Module Pin IdentificationE
NG
INE
CO
NT
RO
L M
OD
ULE
: 2.5
L &
3.0
L
EN
16 /
134-W
AY
/ B
LA
CK
TR
AN
SM
ISS
ION
CO
NT
RO
L M
OD
ULE
JB
131 /
54-W
AY
/ B
LU
E
EN
GIN
E C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
: 2.0
L
EN
65 /
104-W
AY
/ B
LA
CK
23DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
11 —12 W
13 GB
14 WU
15 NR
16 WR
17 —18 —
19 —20 —
21 U*
22 —23 GW
24 Y25 B
26 WG
27 B28 N
29 —30 NG
31 WG
32 GO
33 —34 —
35 —36 —
37 —38 —
39 GW
40 G41 —
42 GB
1 B2 R
3 —4 —
5 B6 R
7 —8 —
9 —10 —
JB
185
11 —12 W
13 GB
14 WU
15 NR
16 WR
17 —18 —
19 —20 —
21 —22 —
23 GW
24 Y25 —
26 —
27 —28 N
29 —30 N
G31 W
G32 G
O33 —
34 —35 —
36 —37 —
38 —39 —
40 G41 —
42 —
1 B2 R
3 —4 —
5 B6 R
7 —8 —
9 —10 —
11 —12 W
13 GB
14 WU
15 NR
16 WR
17 —18 —
19 —20 —
21 —22 —
23 GW
24 Y25 —
26 —
27 B28 N
29 —30 N
G31 W
G32 G
O33 —
34 —35 —
36 —37 —
38 —39 —
40 G41 —
42 —
1 B2 R
3 —4 —
5 B6 R
7 —8 —
9 —10 —
JB
45
/ J
B1
97
Control Module Pin Identification
DS
CC
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
JB
185 /
42-W
AY
/ B
LU
E
AB
S O
R A
BS
/TC
CO
NT
RO
L M
OD
ULE
JB
45 /
42-W
AY
/ B
RO
WN
(A
BS
CO
NT
RO
L M
OD
ULE
)
JB
197 /
42-W
AY
/ B
RO
WN
(A
BS
/TC
CO
NT
RO
L M
OD
ULE
)* B
– e
arl
y p
rod
ucti
on
veh
icle
s.
24 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
IP101
AC
1
14 G15 U
Y16 B
17 —18 —
19 —20 GU
21 GB
22 OG
23 O24 RW
25 RG
26 OY
1 —2 —
3 —4
GW
5 U6 GR
7 GO
8 RU
9 R10 W
B11 W
12 Y13 R
14 G15 U
Y16 B
17 —18 —
19 —20 GU
21 GB
22 OG
23 O24 RW
25 RG
26 OY
1 —2 —
3 —4
GW
5 U6 GR
7 GO
8 RU
9 R10 W
B11 W
12 Y13 R
14 U15 B
16 W17 B
18 B19 B
20 O21 W
22 Y23 G
1 OY
2 WR
3 B4 B
5 BW
6 B7 BW
8 —9 Y
10 G
14 U15 B
16 W17 B
18 B19 B
20 O21 W
22 Y23 G
1 OY
2 WR
3 B4 B
5 BW
6 B7 BW
8 —9 Y
10 G
IP101
AC
1
Control Module Pin IdentificationA
IR C
ON
DIT
ION
ING
CO
NT
RO
L M
OD
ULE
(R
EM
OT
E)
AC
1 /
26-W
AY
/ Y
ELLO
WIP
101 /
26-W
AY
/ Y
ELLO
W
AIR
CO
ND
ITIO
NIN
G C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
(A
UT
OM
AT
IC, P
AN
EL)
AC
1 /
26-W
AY
/ Y
ELLO
WIP
101 /
26-W
AY
/ Y
ELLO
W
25DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
2 B4 BK
1 GB
1 BW
2 BO
6 BG
3 BR
14 G15 U
Y16 B
17 —18 —
19 —20 G
U21 G
B22 O
G23 O
24 RW
25 RG
26 OY
1 —2 —
3 —4
GW
5 U6 GR
7 GO
8 RU
9 R10 W
B11 W
12 Y13 R
14 U15 B
16 —17 —
18 —19 —
20 O21 —
22 Y23 G
1 OY
2 WR
3 B4 B
5 —6 —
7 BW
8 —9 Y
10 G
IP135
IP39
IP1
01
AC
1
Control Module Pin Identification
AIR
CO
ND
ITIO
NIN
G C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
(M
AN
UA
L, P
AN
EL)
AC
1 /
26-W
AY
/ Y
ELLO
WIP
135 /
2-W
AY
/ G
RE
EN
IP39 /
6-W
AY
/ G
RE
YIP
101 /
26-W
AY
/ Y
ELLO
W
26 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
1 OG
2 OY
3 BK
4 YB
5 B
6 —7 —
8 —9 —
10 —11 —
12 —13 —
U —15 —
16 G17 G
18 Y19 O
20 Y21 —
22 N23 W
1 B2 O
3 YB
4 O5 WB
6 —7 —
8 —9 —
10 —11 —
12 —13 —
14 —15 Y
16 W17 W
G18 —
19 —20 U
21 —22 —
23 —
1 OY
2 WB
3 O4 OY
5 O
6 —7 —
8 —9 —
10 —11 —
12 —13 —
14 —15 —
16 —17 —
18 U19 —
20 —21 B
22 —23 G
U
1 B2 —
3 —4 W
5 GR
6 —7 —
8 B9 G
10 R11 BW
12 —13 U
14 —15 Y
16 —17 BG
18 O19 BG
20 BG
21 R22 R
23 BO
1*
WB
2 —3 B
4 GU
5*
WG
6 —7 —
8 —9 —
10 —11 —
12 —13 —
14 B15 —
16 U17 —
18 U19 Y
20 B21 W
G22 O
Y23 —
CA
86
CA
87
JB
17
2IP
6IP
5
Control Module Pin Identification
GE
NE
RA
L E
LE
CT
RO
NIC
CO
NT
RO
L M
OD
ULE
CA
86 /
23-W
AY
/ G
RE
Y
CA
87 /
23-W
AY
/ G
RE
EN
JB
172 /
23-W
AY
/ B
LU
EIP
6 /
23-W
AY
/ W
HIT
E
IP5 /
23-W
AY
/ B
RO
WN
* N
OT
E: LH
D s
ho
wn
. R
HD
veh
icle
s: P
in 1
– W
G, P
in 5
– W
B.
27DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
13 YU
12 —11 G
R10 —
9 —8 B
7 O6 —
5 B4 —
3 GB
2 —1 —
26 —25 R
24 GR
23 U22 —
21 O20 —
19 U18 —
17 OY
16 —15 OG
14 —
14 —15 B
16 B17 Y
18 G19 U
20 WU
21 —22 Y
23 U24 Y
25 W26 —
1 GB
2 OY
3W
G4 O
5 B6 G
7W
U8 WB
9 B10 U
11 B12 B
13 —
IP11
IP1O
Control Module Pin Identification
INS
TR
UM
EN
T C
LU
ST
ER
IP11 /
26-W
AY
/ Y
ELLO
WIP
10 /
26-W
AY
/ Y
ELLO
W
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 01.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBATTERY — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
IP2 16-WAY GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
JB52 2-WAY / BLACK
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INERTIA SWITCH IP132 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER RH A POST
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE JB186 2-WAY / BLACK BATTERY
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG13 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY
G16 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 01.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
CA76 16-WAY / GREENCA77 2-WAY / GREYCA78 16-WAY / GREYIP1 14-WAY / GREENIP2 16-WAY / GREYIP3 2-WAY / GREYIP4 14-WAY / GREYJB50 4-WAY / GREYJB51 16-WAY / BLUEJB52 2-WAY / BLACK
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH B/C POST
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD RH B/C POST
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
CA169 4-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA407 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB188 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 01.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationACCESSORY POWER RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R4
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDECA76 16-WAY / GREENCA77 2-WAY / GREYCA78 16-WAY / GREYIP1 14-WAY / GREENIP2 16-WAY / GREYIP3 2-WAY / GREYIP4 14-WAY / GREYJB50 4-WAY / GREYJB51 16-WAY / BLUEJB52 2-WAY / BLACK
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA129 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS SPARE WHEEL WELL
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
CA230 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA241 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA407 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 01.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
CA76 16-WAY / GREENCA77 2-WAY / GREYCA78 16-WAY / GREYIP1 14-WAY / GREENIP2 16-WAY / GREYIP3 2-WAY / GREYIP4 14-WAY / GREYJB50 4-WAY / GREYJB51 16-WAY / BLUEJB52 2-WAY / BLACK
IGNITION RELAY — — CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R18
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INERTIA SWITCH IP132 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER RH A POST
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD RH B/C POST
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
CA230 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA407 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 01.5
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBATTERY SAVER RELAY — — CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R21
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDECA76 16-WAY / GREENCA77 2-WAY / GREYCA78 16-WAY / GREYIP1 14-WAY / GREENIP2 16-WAY / GREYIP3 2-WAY / GREYIP4 14-WAY / GREYJB50 4-WAY / GREYJB51 16-WAY / BLUEJB52 2-WAY / BLACK
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / WHITEJB172 23-WAY / BLUE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationCA16 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicPG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND
O IP5-20 BATTERY SAVER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 01.6
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationEMS CONTROL RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R7
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA5 12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD TOP OF FUEL TANK
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
EN4 12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO INJECTOR RAIL HARNESS ADJACENT TO THE TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB187 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 02.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBATTERY — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH PA5 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / WHITEJB172 23-WAY / BLUE
GENERATOR EN49 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE BANK 1, FRONT
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / YELLOW
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER IP15 4-WAY / GREEN STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
STARTER MOTOR ST2 1-WAY EYELET ENGINE BLOCK RH SIDEST3 / EN700 1-WAY EYELET
STARTER RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R10
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR JB156 10-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
EN700 1-WAY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS STARTER SOLENOID
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG13 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK
G16 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicS IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +
I IP6-8 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicD IP10-3 PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D IP10-4 PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
I IP10-5 PATS GROUND: GROUND
O IP10-6 PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+
C IP10-17 CAN +
C IP10-18 CAN –
S IP10-22 SCP +
S IP10-23 SCP –
I IP11-7 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I IP11-8 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP11-11 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)
Pin Description and CharacteristicI EN16-006 ENGINE CRANK: B+
I EN16-031 PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I EN16-031 CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
O EN16-041 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I EN16-053 GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
O EN16-065 GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION
I EN16-079 GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON
C EN16-123 CAN –
C EN16-124 CAN +
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 02.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBATTERY — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / WHITEJB172 23-WAY / BLUE
GENERATOR EN49 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE BANK 1, FRONT
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / YELLOW
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER IP15 4-WAY / GREEN STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
STARTER MOTOR (EARLY PRODUCTION) ST2 1-WAY EYELET ENGINE BLOCK RH SIDEST3 / EN700 1-WAY EYELET
STARTER RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R10
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR JB156 10-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
EN700 1-WAY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS STARTER SOLENOID
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB196 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG13 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK
G16 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicS IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +
I IP6-8 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicD IP10-3 PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D IP10-4 PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
I IP10-5 PATS GROUND: GROUND
O IP10-6 PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+
C IP10-17 CAN +
C IP10-18 CAN –
S IP10-22 SCP +
S IP10-23 SCP –
I IP11-7 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I IP11-8 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP11-11 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
Engine Control Module (2.0L)
Pin Description and CharacteristicI EN65-006 ENGINE CRANK: B+
O EN65-008 GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION
I EN65-035 GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON
I EN65-043 GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
O EN65-068 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I EN65-085 PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I EN65-085 CLUTCH SAFETY CIRCUIT (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): B+
C EN65-088 CAN –
C EN65-089 CAN +
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 03.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAPP SENSOR PA1 6-WAY / BLACK ABOVE ACCELERATOR PEDAL
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDECA76 16-WAY / GREENCA77 2-WAY / GREYCA78 16-WAY / GREYIP1 14-WAY / GREENIP2 16-WAY / GREYIP3 2-WAY / GREYIP4 14-WAY / GREYJB50 4-WAY / GREYJB51 16-WAY / BLUEJB52 2-WAY / BLACK
CKP SENSOR EN12 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO ENGINE CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
CMP SENSOR 1 EN43 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
CMP SENSOR 2 EN33 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
ECT SENSOR EN18 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE, FRONT
EFT SENSOR IL8 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL, FRONT
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
EOT SENSOR EN25 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER
EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE FT5 2-WAY / BLACK REARWARD OF FUEL TANK
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE JB170 2-WAY / BLACK REARWARD OF FUEL TANK
FTP SENSOR FT1 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF FUEL TANK
HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 1/2 EN14 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 EXHAUST
HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 2/2 EN9 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 EXHAUST
HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 1/1 EN37 4-WAY / GREY BANK 1 EXHAUST
HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 2/1 EN32 4-WAY / GREY BANK 2 EXHAUST
IMT SOLENOID VALVE 1 EN999 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD TOP
IMT SOLENOID VALVE 2 EN998 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD BOTTOM
IP SENSOR IL7 3-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL REAR
KNOCK SENSOR EN23 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE
MAF SENSOR EN6 5-WAY / BLACK ENGINE AIR INTAKE DUCT
MAP SENSOR EN8 4-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD, REAR
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
THROTTLE BODY EN10 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE INTAKE MANIFOLDEN13 4-WAY / BLACK
THROTTLE MOTOR EN10 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE INTAKE MANIFOLD
THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R11
TP SENSOR (2.5L & 3.0L) EN13 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE INTAKE MANIFOLD
VVT SOLENOID VALVE 1 EN61 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
VVT SOLENOID VALVE 2 EN42 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationCA5 12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD TOP OF FUEL TANK
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
EN4 12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO INJECTOR RAIL HARNESS ADJACENT TO THE TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G8 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH INNER WHEEL ARCH
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)
Pin Description and CharacteristicO EN16-001 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 ms, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
O EN16-002 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 ms, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
PG EN16-004 POWER GROUND 1: GROUND
PG EN16-005 POWER GROUND 2: GROUND
I EN16-006 ENGINE CRANK: B+
I EN16-007 IGNITION ON: B+
I EN16-008 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I EN16-010 INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATED
SS EN16-012 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 V
SS EN16-013 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2: NOMINAL 5 V
SG EN16-017 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 1: GROUND
SG EN16-018 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 2: GROUND
SG EN16-019 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND
SG EN16-020 SENSOR GROUND 2: GROUND
B+ EN16-022 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ EN16-023 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1: B+
B+ EN16-024 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2: B+
SG EN16-029 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND
SG EN16-030 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND
I EN16-031 PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I EN16-031 CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I EN16-036 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 70 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
SG EN16-037 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
O EN16-038 INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 1 / TOP: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O EN16-039 INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 2 / BOTTOM: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O EN16-040 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN16-041 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
SG EN16-043 TP AND APP SIGNALS SHIELD: GROUND
I EN16-044 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V BY ENGINE OPERATING CONDITION
SG EN16-045 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
SG EN16-046 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I EN16-050 ENGINE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
O EN16-052 THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN16-053 GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
SG EN16-054 THROTTLE MOTOR GROUND: GROUND
O EN16-055 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 ms, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
O EN16-056 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 ms, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
I EN16-065 GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION
O EN16-066 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE DRIVE: PWM, 10 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0.04% – 100%
O EN16-067 EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE DRIVE: TO CLOSE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I EN16-068 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
SG EN16-069 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I EN16-070 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I EN16-071 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I EN16-073 INJECTION PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: POTENTIOMETER – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
I EN16-075 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: IDLE = 0.74 V; FULL THROTTLE = 3.97 V
I EN16-076 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: IDLE = 1.65 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.20 V
I EN16-078 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I EN16-079 GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON
O EN16-080 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTOR
SG EN16-081 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND
SG EN16-082 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND
I EN16-083 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT
I EN16-084 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT
SG EN16-091 HO2 SENSOR HEATERS 1/2, 2/2 GROUND: GROUND
O EN16-092 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 ms, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 ms = 0%, 77 ms = 30%, 256 ms = 100%
O EN16-093 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 ms, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 ms = 0%, 77 ms = 30%, 256 ms = 100%
I EN16-094 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
SG EN16-095 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I EN16-098 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL
SG EN16-100 SENSOR SHIELD: GROUND
I EN16-102 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 0.97 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 3.33 V
I EN16-103 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 3.97 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 0.84 V
I EN16-104 FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE DECREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
D EN16-105 SERIAL DATA LINK: SERIAL COMMUNICATION
O EN16-106 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTOR
I EN16-107 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT
I EN16-108 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT
O EN16-109 BANK 1 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
O EN16-110 BANK 2 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
SG EN16-111 BANK 1 FUEL INJECTORS (1, 3, 5) GROUND: GROUND
SG EN16-116 BANK 2 FUEL INJECTORS (2, 4, 6) GROUND: GROUND
C EN16-123 CAN –
C EN16-124 CAN +
I EN16-127 MAP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASES
I EN16-128 HO2 SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING
I EN16-129 HO2 SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING
SG EN16-130 HO2 SENSORS SHIELD: GROUND
B+ EN16-134 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ WHEN RELAY ACTIVATED
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 03.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R6
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH EN30 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR JB106 4-WAY / BLACK BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH PA2 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH PA4 5-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
COOLING FAN – LH GC2 2-WAY / BLACK COOLING PACK LH SIDE
COOLING FAN – RH GC1 2-WAY / BLACK COOLING PACK RH SIDE
COOLING FAN MODULE JB188 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDEPWM1 4-WAY
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
FUEL INJECTOR 1 IL1 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 2 IL4 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 3 IL2 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 4 IL5 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 5 IL3 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 6 IL6 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
FUEL PUMP FT2 4-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK
FUEL PUMP MODULE CA105 10-WAY / BLACK UNDER REAR SEAT LH SIDE
IGNITION CAPACITOR EN94 2-WAY / BLACK BELOW AIR INTAKE
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 1 EN51 4-WAY BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 2 EN54 4-WAY BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 3 EN52 4-WAY BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 4 EN55 4-WAY BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 5 EN53 4-WAY BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 6 EN56 4-WAY BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SW5 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA5 12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD TOP OF FUEL TANK
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
EN4 12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO INJECTOR RAIL HARNESS ADJACENT TO THE TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB187 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G8 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH INNER WHEEL ARCH
G11 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G17 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON GENERATOR BRACKET
G35 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER E POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)
Pin Description and CharacteristicI EN16-009 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
SS EN16-012 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 V
SG EN16-019 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND
I EN16-025 FUEL PUMP MODULE MONITOR: PWM, 1 Hz, 50% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = NORMAL, 25% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = NO CONTROL SIGNAL, 75% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = FUEL PUMP INOPERATIVE
O EN16-027 FUEL PUMP MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 250 Hz, NORMAL POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE = 4% – 51%
I EN16-033 CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O EN16-034 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I EN16-047 SPEED CONTROL SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE
SG EN16-048 SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
O EN16-051 COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95%
O EN16-061 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN16-062 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN16-063 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN16-087 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN16-088 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN16-089 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN16-113 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN16-114 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN16-115 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN16-118 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN16-119 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN16-120 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I EN16-121 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
I EN16-131 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 1 (1, 3, 5): PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
I EN16-132 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 2 (2, 4, 6): PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
SG EN16-133 FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT SHIELD: GROUND
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 03.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDECA76 16-WAY / GREENCA77 2-WAY / GREYCA78 16-WAY / GREYIP1 14-WAY / GREENIP2 16-WAY / GREYIP3 2-WAY / GREYIP4 14-WAY / GREYJB50 4-WAY / GREYJB51 16-WAY / BLUEJB52 2-WAY / BLACK
CKP SENSOR EN12 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO ENGINE CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
CMP SENSOR 1 EN43 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
CMP SENSOR 2 EN33 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
ECT SENSOR EN18 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE, FRONT
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L) EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
EOT SENSOR EN25 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE JB170 2-WAY / BLACK REARWARD OF FUEL TANK
HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 1/2 EN14 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 EXHAUST
HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 2/2 EN9 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 EXHAUST
HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 1/1 EN37 4-WAY / GREY BANK 1 EXHAUST
HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 2/1 EN32 4-WAY / GREY BANK 2 EXHAUST
IDLE SPEED CONTROL VALVE EN87 2-WAY / BLACK THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
IMT SOLENOID VALVE 1 EN999 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD TOP
IMT SOLENOID VALVE 2 EN998 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD BOTTOM
KNOCK SENSOR EN23 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE
MAF SENSOR EN6 5-WAY / BLACK ENGINE AIR INTAKE DUCT
MAP SENSOR EN8 4-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD, REAR
TP SENSOR (2.0L) EN88 3-WAY / BLACK ENGINE INTAKE MANIFOLD
VVT SOLENOID VALVE 1 EN61 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
VVT SOLENOID VALVE 2 EN42 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB196 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G8 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH INNER WHEEL ARCH
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Engine Control Module (2.0L)
Pin Description and CharacteristicI EN65-001 MAP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASES
I EN65-002 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
SG EN65-003 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
SG EN65-004 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND1: GROUND
SG EN65-005 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 2: GROUND
I EN65-006 ENGINE CRANK: B+
SS EN65-011 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V
PG EN65-018 POWER GROUND 2: GROUND
PG EN65-019 POWER GROUND 1: GROUND
B+ EN65-021 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ EN65-022 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1: B+
B+ EN65-023 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2: B+
I EN65-025 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT
I EN65-026 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT
I EN65-027 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: CLOSED THROTTLE = 0.89 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.50 V
SG EN65-028 SENSOR SHIELD: GROUND
SG EN65-029 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I EN65-030 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V BY ENGINE OPERATING CONDITION
SG EN65-031 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I EN65-034 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I EN65-035 GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON
I EN65-036 INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I EN65-037 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL
SG EN65-038 SENSOR SHIELD: GROUND
D EN65-039 SERIAL DATA LINK: SERIAL COMMUNICATION
I EN65-043 GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
O EN65-044 COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95%
O EN65-046 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%
O EN65-047 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%
SG EN65-048 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/2 AND 2/2: GROUND
I EN65-050 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT
I EN65-051 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT
SG EN65-052 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND
I EN65-053 HO2 SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING
I EN65-054 HO2 SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING
SG EN65-055 HO2 SENSORS SHIELD: GROUND
I EN65-059 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
SG EN65-060 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I EN65-061 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 70 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
SG EN65-062 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
I EN65-063 IGNITION ON: B+
SG EN65-064 BANK 2 FUEL INJECTORS (2, 4, 6) GROUND: GROUND
O EN65-068 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN65-069 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN65-070 INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 2 / BOTTOM: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O EN65-071 INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 1 / TOP: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O EN65-074 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE DRIVE: PWM, 10 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0.04% – 100%
SG EN65-075 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND
O EN65-077 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
SG EN65-078 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND
I EN65-079 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I EN65-080 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I EN65-081 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I EN65-085 PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION) : NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I EN65-085 CLUTCH SAFETY CIRCUIT (MANUAL TRANSMISSION) : B+
I EN65-086 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
SG EN65-087 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
C EN65-088 CAN –
C EN65-089 CAN +
SG EN65-091 BANK 1 FUEL INJECTORS (1, 3, 5) GROUND: GROUND
O EN65-095 BANK 2 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
O EN65-096 BANK 1 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
O EN65-097 IDLE SPEED CONTROL VALVE MOTOR DRIVE (–): PWM
O EN65-098 IDLE SPEED CONTROL VALVE MOTOR DRIVE (+): PWM
SG EN65-102 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND
O EN65-103 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
O EN65-104 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 03.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R6
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH EN30 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR JB106 4-WAY / BLACK BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH PA2 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDECA76 16-WAY / GREENCA77 2-WAY / GREYCA78 16-WAY / GREYIP1 14-WAY / GREENIP2 16-WAY / GREYIP3 2-WAY / GREYIP4 14-WAY / GREYJB50 4-WAY / GREYJB51 16-WAY / BLUEJB52 2-WAY / BLACK
CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH PA4 5-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
COOLING FAN – LH GC2 2-WAY / BLACK COOLING PACK LH SIDE
COOLING FAN – RH GC1 2-WAY / BLACK COOLING PACK RH SIDE
COOLING FAN MODULE JB188 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDEPWM1 4-WAY
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L) EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
FUEL INJECTOR 1 IL1 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 2 IL4 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 3 IL2 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 4 IL5 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 5 IL3 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 6 IL6 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
FUEL PUMP (2.0L) CA415 6-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK
FUEL PUMP RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R11
IGNITION CAPACITOR EN94 2-WAY / BLACK BELOW AIR INTAKE
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 1 EN51 4-WAY BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 2 EN54 4-WAY BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 3 EN52 4-WAY BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 4 EN55 4-WAY BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 5 EN53 4-WAY BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 6 EN56 4-WAY BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SW5 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE JB161 10-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD LH SIDE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationCA5 12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD TOP OF FUEL TANK
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
EN4 12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO INJECTOR RAIL HARNESS ADJACENT TO THE TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB187 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE
JB196 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G8 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH INNER WHEEL ARCH
G11 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G17 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON GENERATOR BRACKET
G35 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER E POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Engine Control Module (2.0L)
Pin Description and CharacteristicI EN65-002 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
SG EN65-003 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I EN65-007 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
SS EN65-011 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V
I EN65-012 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 1 (1, 3, 5) : PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
I EN65-013 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 2 (2, 4, 6) : PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
O EN65-014 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN65-015 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN65-016 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I EN65-017 INTELLIGENT SPEED SIGNAL (VEHICLE SPEED) : PWM, DUTY CYCLE RANGE 30% to 70 %
O EN65-020 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I EN65-034 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
O EN65-040 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN65-041 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN65-042 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN65-044 COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95%
I EN65-056 SPEED CONTROL STATUS 1 ON / OFF: GROUND = ON; 5 V = OFF
I EN65-057 SPEED CONTROL STATUS 2 ACTIVE / INACTIVE: GROUND = ACTIVE; 5 V = INACTIVE
O EN65-065 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN65-066 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN65-067 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I EN65-084 CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O EN65-092 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN65-093 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN65-094 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN65-099 FUEL PUMP RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 04.1
COMPONENTS: Automatic Transmission
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION JB155 18-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
J GATE ASSEMBLY IP14 16-WAY / GREEN CENTER CONSOLE
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
TCM RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R8
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE JB131 37-WAY / BLUE LOWER LH A POST
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR JB156 10-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION
COMPONENTS: Manual Transmission
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH PA4 5-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH PA5 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR EN86 3-WAY / BLACK DIFFERENTIAL OUTPUT SHAFT HOUSING
REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH EN85 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationJB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Transmission Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO JB131-03 2 / 4 BRAKE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
O JB131-04 2 / 4 BRAKE TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
I JB131-05 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 18 PULSES PER OUTPUT SHAFT REVOLUTION
B+ JB131-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I JB131-07 RANGE SENSOR – 3: 3 = GROUND; NOT IN 3 = OPEN CIRCUIT
I JB131-08 RANGE SENSOR – 2: 2 = GROUND; NOT IN 2 = OPEN CIRCUIT
PG JB131-09 POWER GROUND: GROUND
O JB131-10 REDUCTION TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
C JB131-12 CAN – 1
C JB131-13 CAN – 2
O JB131-14 SHIFT SOLENOID B DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
O JB131-15 SHIFT SOLENOID A DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
O JB131-16 TCC PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
SG JB131-17 SOLENOID GROUND RETURN: GROUND
O JB131-18 LINE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
SG JB131-20 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I JB131-21 INTERMEDIATE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 54 PULSES PER INTERMEDIATE SHAFT REVOLUTION*
I JB131-24 TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 36 PULSES PER ENGINE REVOLUTION
I JB131-25 RANGE SENSOR – N: N = GROUND; NOT IN N = OPEN CIRCUIT
I JB131-26 RANGE SENSOR – R: R = GROUND; NOT IN R = OPEN CIRCUIT
I JB131-27 RANGE SENSOR – D: D = GROUND; NOT IN D = OPEN CIRCUIT
I JB131-30 RANGE SENSOR – P: P = GROUND; NOT IN P = OPEN CIRCUIT
C JB131-33 CAN + 1
C JB131-34 CAN + 2
B+ JB131-36 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
PG JB131-38 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I JB131-39 FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I JB131-45 D – 4 SWITCH: SWITCH ACTIVATED = GROUND
I JB131-47 MODE SWITCH: “SPORT” SELECTED = GROUND
O JB131-52 SHIFT SOLENOID C DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
O JB131-53 LOW CLUTCH TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
B+ JB131-54 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
* IN 1ST – 4TH AND R, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS THE SAME AS THE OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED. IN 5TH, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS MULTIPLIED BY 1.2.
Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)
Pin Description and CharacteristicSG EN16-019 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND
I EN16-026 MANUAL TRANSMISSION OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 26 PULSES PER TRANSMISSION REVOLUTION
I EN16-031 CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I EN16-033 CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 04.2
COMPONENTS: Automatic Transmission
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION JB155 18-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
J GATE ASSEMBLY IP14 16-WAY / GREEN CENTER CONSOLE
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
TCM RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R8
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE JB131 37-WAY / BLUE LOWER LH A POST
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR JB156 10-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION
COMPONENTS: Manual Transmission
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH PA4 5-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH PA5 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L) EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH EN85 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationJB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Transmission Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO JB131-03 2 / 4 BRAKE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
O JB131-04 2 / 4 BRAKE TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
I JB131-05 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 18 PULSES PER OUTPUT SHAFT REVOLUTION
B+ JB131-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I JB131-07 RANGE SENSOR – 3: 3 = GROUND; NOT IN 3 = OPEN CIRCUIT
I JB131-08 RANGE SENSOR – 2: 2 = GROUND; NOT IN 2 = OPEN CIRCUIT
PG JB131-09 POWER GROUND: GROUND
O JB131-10 REDUCTION TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
C JB131-12 CAN – 1
C JB131-13 CAN – 2
O JB131-14 SHIFT SOLENOID B DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
O JB131-15 SHIFT SOLENOID A DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
O JB131-16 TCC PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
SG JB131-17 SOLENOID GROUND RETURN: GROUND
O JB131-18 LINE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
SG JB131-20 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I JB131-21 INTERMEDIATE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 54 PULSES PER INTERMEDIATE SHAFT REVOLUTION*
I JB131-24 TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 36 PULSES PER ENGINE REVOLUTION
I JB131-25 RANGE SENSOR – N: N = GROUND; NOT IN N = OPEN CIRCUIT
I JB131-26 RANGE SENSOR – R: R = GROUND; NOT IN R = OPEN CIRCUIT
I JB131-27 RANGE SENSOR – D: D = GROUND; NOT IN D = OPEN CIRCUIT
I JB131-30 RANGE SENSOR – P: P = GROUND; NOT IN P = OPEN CIRCUIT
C JB131-33 CAN + 1
C JB131-34 CAN + 2
B+ JB131-36 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
PG JB131-38 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I JB131-39 FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
SG JB131-42 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
SG JB131-44 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I JB131-45 D – 4 SWITCH: SWITCH ACTIVATED = GROUND
SG JB131-46 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I JB131-47 MODE SWITCH: “SPORT” SELECTED = GROUND
O JB131-52 SHIFT SOLENOID C DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
O JB131-53 LOW CLUTCH TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
B+ JB131-54 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
* IN 1ST – 4TH AND R, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS THE SAME AS THE OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED. IN 5TH, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS MULTIPLIED BY 1.2.
Engine Control Module (2.0L)
Pin Description and CharacteristicI EN65-084 CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I EN65-085 CLUTCH SAFETY CIRCUIT (MANUAL TRANSMISSION) : B+
Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)
Pin Description and CharacteristicI EN16-031 CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I EN16-033 CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: November 2002
Fig. 04.3
COMPONENTS: Automatic Transmission
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION JB155 18-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
J GATE ASSEMBLY IP14 16-WAY / GREEN CENTER CONSOLE
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
TCM RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R8
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE JB131 37-WAY / BLUE LOWER LH A POST
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR JB156 10-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION
COMPONENTS: Manual Transmission
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH PA4 5-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH PA5 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L) EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH EN85 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationJB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Transmission Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO JB131-03 2 / 4 BRAKE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
O JB131-04 2 / 4 BRAKE TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
I JB131-05 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 18 PULSES PER OUTPUT SHAFT REVOLUTION
B+ JB131-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I JB131-07 RANGE SENSOR – 3: 3 = GROUND; NOT IN 3 = OPEN CIRCUIT
I JB131-08 RANGE SENSOR – 2: 2 = GROUND; NOT IN 2 = OPEN CIRCUIT
PG JB131-09 POWER GROUND: GROUND
O JB131-10 REDUCTION TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
C JB131-12 CAN – 1
C JB131-13 CAN – 2
O JB131-14 SHIFT SOLENOID B DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
O JB131-15 SHIFT SOLENOID A DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
O JB131-16 TCC PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
SG JB131-17 SOLENOID GROUND RETURN: GROUND
O JB131-18 LINE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
SG JB131-20 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I JB131-21 INTERMEDIATE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 54 PULSES PER INTERMEDIATE SHAFT REVOLUTION*
I JB131-24 TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 36 PULSES PER ENGINE REVOLUTION
I JB131-25 RANGE SENSOR – N: N = GROUND; NOT IN N = OPEN CIRCUIT
I JB131-26 RANGE SENSOR – R: R = GROUND; NOT IN R = OPEN CIRCUIT
I JB131-27 RANGE SENSOR – D: D = GROUND; NOT IN D = OPEN CIRCUIT
I JB131-30 RANGE SENSOR – P: P = GROUND; NOT IN P = OPEN CIRCUIT
C JB131-33 CAN + 1
C JB131-34 CAN + 2
B+ JB131-36 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
PG JB131-38 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I JB131-39 FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
SG JB131-42 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
SG JB131-44 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I JB131-45 D – 4 SWITCH: SWITCH ACTIVATED = GROUND
SG JB131-46 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I JB131-47 MODE SWITCH: “SPORT” SELECTED = GROUND
O JB131-52 SHIFT SOLENOID C DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
O JB131-53 LOW CLUTCH TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
B+ JB131-54 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
* IN 1ST – 4TH AND R, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS THE SAME AS THE OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED. IN 5TH, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS MULTIPLIED BY 1.2.
Engine Control Module (2.0L)
Pin Description and CharacteristicI EN65-084 CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I EN65-085 CLUTCH SAFETY CIRCUIT (MANUAL TRANSMISSION) : B+
Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)
Pin Description and CharacteristicI EN16-031 CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I EN16-033 CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 05.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM CONTROL MODULE JB45 42-WAY / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CAPACITOR (ABS / DSC) JB195 2-WAY ADJACENT TO MODULATOR
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDECA76 16-WAY / GREENCA77 2-WAY / GREYCA78 16-WAY / GREYIP1 14-WAY / GREENIP2 16-WAY / GREYIP3 2-WAY / GREYIP4 14-WAY / GREYJB50 4-WAY / GREYJB51 16-WAY / BLUEJB52 2-WAY / BLACK
VACUUM MODULE VM1 — UNDER BATTERY TRAYVM2 —VM3 —
VACUUM PUMP VPU — ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT LF1 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR CA55 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT RF1 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR CA60 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR WHEEL HUB
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB15 2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD BEHIND FRONT LH WHEELARCH LINER
JB133 2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD BEHIND LH WHEELARCH LINER
VP1 2-WAY / VACUUM PUMP LINK LEAD ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH REAR
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G18 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Anti-Lock Braking Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicPG JB45-01 MOTOR GROUND: GROUND
B+ JB45-02 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – MOTOR: B+
PG JB45-05 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ JB45-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I JB45-12 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
SS JB45-13 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
I JB45-14 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
SS JB45-15 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
I JB45-16 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
B+ JB45-23 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
C JB45-24 CAN +
O JB45-28 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
O JB45-30 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
I JB45-31 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
I JB45-32 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
C JB45-40 CAN –
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 05.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR JB89 3-WAY / BLACK ON DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL MODULATOR
CAPACITOR (ABS / DSC) JB195 2-WAY ADJACENT TO MODULATOR
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDECA76 16-WAY / GREENCA77 2-WAY / GREYCA78 16-WAY / GREYIP1 14-WAY / GREENIP2 16-WAY / GREYIP3 2-WAY / GREYIP4 14-WAY / GREYJB50 4-WAY / GREYJB51 16-WAY / BLUEJB52 2-WAY / BLACK
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE JB185 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH IP29 6-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR IP19 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
VACUUM MODULE VM1 — UNDER BATTERY TRAYVM2 —VM3 —
VACUUM PUMP VPU — ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT (ALL) LF1 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR (2.5L & 3.0L) CA55 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR (2.0L) LR1 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT (ALL) RF1 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR (2.5L & 3.0L) CA60 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR (2.0L) RR1 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR WHEEL HUB
YAW RATE SENSOR IP20 4-WAY / BLACK BEHIND CENTER CONSOLE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA55 2-WAY / BLACK / 2.0L LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD LH REAR WHEEL HUB
CA60 2-WAY / BLACK / 2.0L RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD RH REAR WHEEL HUB
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB15 2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD BEHIND FRONT LH WHEELARCH LINER
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB133 2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD BEHIND LH WHEELARCH LINER
JB196 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
VP1 2-WAY / VACUUM PUMP LINK LEAD ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH REAR
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G18 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Dynamic Stability Control Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicPG JB185-01 MOTOR GROUND: GROUND
B+ JB185-02 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – MOTOR: B+
PG JB185-05 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ JB185-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I JB185-12 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
SS JB185-13 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
I JB185-14 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
SS JB185-15 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
I JB185-16 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
SG JB185-21 SENSOR GROUND – YAW RATE, STEERING ANGLE SENSORS: GROUND
B+ JB185-23 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
C JB185-24 CAN +
SG JB185-25 SENSOR GROUND – BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR: GROUND
I JB185-26 BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
I JB185-27 DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O JB185-28 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
O JB185-30 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
I JB185-31 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
I JB185-32 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
SS JB185-39 YAW RATE, STEERING ANGLE SENSORS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
C JB185-40 CAN –
SS JB185-42 BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 05.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationANTI-LOCK BRAKING / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE JB197 42-WAY / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CAPACITOR (ABS / DSC) JB195 2-WAY ADJACENT TO MODULATOR
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDECA76 16-WAY / GREENCA77 2-WAY / GREYCA78 16-WAY / GREYIP1 14-WAY / GREENIP2 16-WAY / GREYIP3 2-WAY / GREYIP4 14-WAY / GREYJB50 4-WAY / GREYJB51 16-WAY / BLUEJB52 2-WAY / BLACK
TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH IP29 6-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
VACUUM MODULE VM1 — UNDER BATTERY TRAYVM2 —VM3 —
VACUUM PUMP VPU — ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT LF1 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR LR1 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT RF1 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR RR1 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR WHEEL HUB
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA55 2-WAY / BLACK / 2.0L LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD LH REAR WHEEL HUB
CA60 2-WAY / BLACK / 2.0L RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD RH REAR WHEEL HUB
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
JB15 2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD BEHIND FRONT LH WHEELARCH LINER
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB133 2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD BEHIND LH WHEELARCH LINER
JB196 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
VP1 2-WAY / VACUUM PUMP LINK LEAD ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH REAR
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G18 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Anti-Lock Braking Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicPG JB197-01 MOTOR GROUND: GROUND
B+ JB197-02 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – MOTOR: B+
PG JB197-05 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ JB197-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I JB197-12 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
SS JB197-13 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
I JB197-14 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
SS JB197-15 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
I JB197-16 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
B+ JB197-23 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
C JB197-24 CAN +
I JB197-27 TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O JB197-28 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
O JB197-30 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
I JB197-31 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
I JB197-32 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
C JB197-40 CAN –
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 06.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR CONDITIONING BLOWER RELAY — — CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R20
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (MANUAL, PANEL) AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANELIP39 6-WAY / GREYIP101 26-WAY / YELLOWIP135 2-WAY / GREY
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR AC2 6-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
BLOWER (MANUAL) IP58 2-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE / LHD, LH SIDE / RHD
BLOWER SERIES RESISTOR IP121 6-WAY / GREY ADJACENT TO BLOWER MOTOR
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDECA76 16-WAY / GREENCA77 2-WAY / GREYCA78 16-WAY / GREYIP1 14-WAY / GREENIP2 16-WAY / GREYIP3 2-WAY / GREYIP4 14-WAY / GREYJB50 4-WAY / GREYJB51 16-WAY / BLUEJB52 2-WAY / BLACK
DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR AC4 6-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR AC6 2-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
DOOR MIRROR – LH FL5 22-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOOR
DOOR MIRROR – RH FR4 22-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT DOOR
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AC5 2-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR AC7 4-WAY / BLACK LH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT (LHD)RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT (RHD)
HEATED REAR WINDOW ZA1 — REAR WINDOWZA10 —
HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY — — CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R19
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR AC3 6-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
WINDSHIELD HEATER – LH JB95 2-WAY / BLACK WINDSHIELD
WINDSHIELD HEATER – RH JB96 2-WAY / BLACK WINDSHIELD
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R2
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA127 2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO HEATED REAR WINDOW BEHIND LH E POST TRIM
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG3 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH E POST
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Air Conditioning Control Module: Manual
Pin Description and CharacteristicO AC1-04 FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND
O AC1-05 FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND
O AC1-06 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-07 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-08 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-09 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-10 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-11 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-12 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
O AC1-13 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
I AC1-14 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I AC1-15 DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
SG AC1-16 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
O AC1-20 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-21 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-22 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-23 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-24 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-25 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-26 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ IP101-01 BATTERY SAVER POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ IP101-02 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
O IP101-03 WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O IP101-04 HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I IP101-07 BLOWER SPEED SENSE: B+ WHEN BLOWER OFF, 0 V WHEN BLOWER RUNNING
C IP101-09 CAN +
C IP101-10 CAN –
B+ IP101-14 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
PG IP101-15 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP101-20 DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE
C IP101-22 CAN +
C IP101-23 CAN –
O IP135-1 BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 1: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PG IP135-2 BLOWER GROUND: GROUND
O IP39-1 BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 6: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O IP39-2 BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 4: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O IP39-3 BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 2: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O IP39-4 BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 3: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O IP39-6 BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 5: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 06.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR CONDITIONING BLOWER RELAY — — CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R20
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (AUTOMATIC, PANEL) AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANELIP101 26-WAY / YELLOW
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (REMOTE) AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNITIP101 26-WAY / YELLOW
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR AC2 6-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR JB105 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT CROSS MEMBER, ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE
BLOWER (AUTOMATIC) IP134 6-WAY / BLACK BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDECA76 16-WAY / GREENCA77 2-WAY / GREYCA78 16-WAY / GREYIP1 14-WAY / GREENIP2 16-WAY / GREYIP3 2-WAY / GREYIP4 14-WAY / GREYJB50 4-WAY / GREYJB51 16-WAY / BLUEJB52 2-WAY / BLACK
DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR AC4 6-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR AC6 2-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
DOOR MIRROR – LH FL5 22-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOOR
DOOR MIRROR – RH FR4 22-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT DOOR
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AC5 2-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR AC7 4-WAY / BLACK LH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT (LHD)RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT (RHD)
HEATED REAR WINDOW ZA1 — REAR WINDOWZA10 —
HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY — — CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R19
IN-CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR IP66 4-WAY / BLACK BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER RIGHT
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR AC3 6-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
SOLAR SENSOR IP38 2-WAY / BLACK TOP CENTER OF INSTRUMENT PANEL
WINDSHIELD HEATER – LH JB95 2-WAY / BLACK WINDSHIELD
WINDSHIELD HEATER – RH JB96 2-WAY / BLACK WINDSHIELD
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R2
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationCA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA127 2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO HEATED REAR WINDOW BEHIND LH E POST TRIM
JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G3 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH E POST
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Air Conditioning Control Module: Automatic
Pin Description and CharacteristicO AC1-04 FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND
O AC1-05 FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND
O AC1-06 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-07 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-08 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-09 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-10 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-11 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-12 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
O AC1-13 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
I AC1-14 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I AC1-15 DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I AC1-16 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
O AC1-20 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-21 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-22 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-23 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-24 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-25 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-26 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ IP101-01 BATTERY SAVER POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ IP101-02 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
O IP101-03 WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O IP101-04 HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I IP101-05 ASPIRATOR MOTOR DRIVE: PERMANENTLY CONNECTED TO GROUND; A/CCM MONITORS CIRCUIT FOR MOTOR RUNNING CONDITION
O IP101-06 BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL: PWM, 400 Hz, APPROXIMATELY 8% – 90%; HIGHER DUTY CYCLE = HIGHER BLOWER SPEED
I IP101-07 BLOWER MOTOR SPEED SENSE: FREQUENCY = RPM / 20; FREQUENCY PROPORTIONAL TO BLOWER SPEED
C IP101-09 CAN +
C IP101-10 CAN –
B+ IP101-14 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
PG IP101-15 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP101-16 IN CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
SG IP101-17 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I IP101-18 SOLAR SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: DARKER = HIGHER VOLTAGE
I IP101-19 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I IP101-20 DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE
O IP101-21 AIR CONDITIONING BLOWER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
C IP101-22 CAN +
C IP101-23 CAN –
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 07.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBRAKE FLUID SWITCH JB70 3-WAY / BLACK BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 1 (2.5L & 3.0L) FT2 4-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2 (2.5L & 3.0L) FT3 4-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (2.0L) CA415 4-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / WHITEJB172 23-WAY / BLUE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / YELLOW
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH EN19 1-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE CA165 40-WAY / BLACK UNDER CENTER CONSOLEIP74 24-WAY / BLACK
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN
WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH JB103 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH FRONT
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA5 12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD TOP OF FUEL TANK
CA169 4-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG10 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicS IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +
I IP6-18 SEAT BELT AND AIRBAG AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST: AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST ACTIVE = GROUND
Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicI IP10-7 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE: 20 Ω = EMPTY; 160 Ω = FULL
I IP10-8 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE: 20 Ω = EMPTY; 160 Ω = FULL
SG IP10-9 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR REFERENCE: GROUND
I IP10-10 MAIN BEAM STATUS: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I IP10-11 WASHER FLUID LEVEL LOW SIGNAL: FLUID LEVEL LOW = GROUND
I IP10-12 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SIGNAL: FLUID LEVEL LOW = GROUND
I IP10-15 PARKING BRAKE SIGNAL: PARKING BRAKE ON = GROUND
I IP10-16 TRIP COMPUTER CYCLE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
C IP10-17 CAN +
C IP10-18 CAN –
I IP10-19 FRONT FOG STATUS (HARD WIRED TO INDICATOR): B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I IP10-20 REAR FOG STATUS (HARD WIRED TO INDICATOR): B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
S IP10-22 SCP +
S IP10-23 SCP –
I IP10-24 TRIP COMPUTER MODE SIGNAL: STEPPED RESISTANCE
SG IP10-25 TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK REFERENCE: GROUND
I IP11-5 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL: ENGINE OIL PRESSURE PRESENT = GROUND
I IP11-7 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I IP11-8 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP11-11 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
I IP11-13 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
I IP11-15 SIDE LAMPS STATUS: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I IP11-17 DIP BEAM STATUS: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I IP11-19 AIR BAG WARNING: HARD WIRED TO AIR BAG INDICATOR
I IP11-21 DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80 Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE; HARD WIRED TO BACK LIGHTING; MICRO SENSED FOR DISPLAY
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 07.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT FL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOOR
FL9 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT FR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT DOORFR9 2-WAY / BLACK
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / WHITEJB172 23-WAY / BLUE
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / YELLOW
J GATE ASSEMBLY IP14 16-WAY / GREEN CENTER CONSOLE
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE CA165 40-WAY / BLACK UNDER CENTER CONSOLEIP74 24-WAY / BLACK
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationCA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicPG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND
S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I IP6-8 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
I IP6-15 NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH: PARK = OPEN CIRCUIT; NOT-IN-PARK = GROUND
I IP6-18 SEAT BELT AND AIRBAG AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST: AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST ACTIVE = GROUND
I IP6-22 DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 08.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUTOLAMPS SENSOR RC5 5-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR VIEW MIRROR
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDECA76 16-WAY / GREENCA77 2-WAY / GREYCA78 16-WAY / GREYIP1 14-WAY / GREENIP2 16-WAY / GREYIP3 2-WAY / GREYIP4 14-WAY / GREYJB50 4-WAY / GREYJB51 16-WAY / BLUEJB52 2-WAY / BLACK
DIP BEAM RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R9
FOG LAMP – LH FRONT FB1 2-WAY / BLACK UNDER FRONT BUMPER
FOG LAMP – RH FRONT FB3 2-WAY / BLACK UNDER FRONT BUMPER
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / WHITEJB172 23-WAY / BLUE
GLOVE BOX LAMP IP25 2-WAY / BROWN GLOVE BOX
HEADLAMP UNIT – LH JB84 10-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT OF VEHICLE
HEADLAMP UNIT – RH JB85 10-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT OF VEHICLE
MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY — — CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R15
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH FRONT FB2 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH FRONT FB4 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER RH SIDE
TURN REPEATER – LH JB132 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT FENDER
TURN REPEATER – RH JB98 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT FENDER
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationCA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB171 8-WAY / BLACK / FRONT END HARNESS TO BUMPER LINK LEAD BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G10 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G11 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G32 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G33 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicPG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP5-3 EXTERNAL ANTENNA
S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +
O IP5-22 TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I IP6-11 MAIN BEAM SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
O IP6-13 MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I IP6-17 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I IP6-19 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I IP6-23 HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
O JB172-3 RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O JB172-4 LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 08.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
CA76 16-WAY / GREENCA77 2-WAY / GREYCA78 16-WAY / GREYIP1 14-WAY / GREENIP2 16-WAY / GREYIP3 2-WAY / GREYIP4 14-WAY / GREYJB50 4-WAY / GREYJB51 16-WAY / BLUEJB52 2-WAY / BLACK
DIP BEAM RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R9
FOG LAMP – LH FRONT FB1 2-WAY / BLACK UNDER FRONT BUMPER
FOG LAMP – RH FRONT FB3 2-WAY / BLACK UNDER FRONT BUMPER
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / WHITEJB172 23-WAY / BLUE
GLOVE BOX LAMP IP25 2-WAY / BROWN GLOVE BOX
HAZARD SWITCH IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
HEADLAMP UNIT – LH JB84 10-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT OF VEHICLE
HEADLAMP UNIT – RH JB85 10-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT OF VEHICLE
MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY — — CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R15
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH FRONT FB2 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH FRONT FB4 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER RH SIDE
TURN REPEATER – LH JB132 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT FENDER
TURN REPEATER – RH JB98 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT FENDER
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationJB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB171 8-WAY / BLACK / FRONT END HARNESS TO BUMPER LINK LEAD BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G10 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G11 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G32 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G33 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
P Pin Description and CharacteristicPG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP5-3 EXTERNAL ANTENNA
S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +
O IP5-22 TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I IP6-11 MAIN BEAM SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
O IP6-13 MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I IP6-17 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I IP6-19 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I IP6-23 HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
O JB172-3 RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O JB172-4 LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 08.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDECA76 16-WAY / GREENCA77 2-WAY / GREYCA78 16-WAY / GREYIP1 14-WAY / GREENIP2 16-WAY / GREYIP3 2-WAY / GREYIP4 14-WAY / GREYJB50 4-WAY / GREYJB51 16-WAY / BLUEJB52 2-WAY / BLACK
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / WHITEJB172 23-WAY / BLUE
HAZARD SWITCH IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP CA304 2-WAY / BLACK REAR WINDOW
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / YELLOW
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH TM4 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
REVERSE LAMPS RELAY — — CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R17
REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH EN85 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION
SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH REAR RB5 2-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH REAR RB6 2-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER RH SIDE
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH CA137 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH CA138 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK RH REAR
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK LH REAR
CA129 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS SPARE WHEEL WELL
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB196 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G2 TRUNK / LH REAR
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G38 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / TOP OF LH E POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO CA86-2 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND
O CA87-4 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +
O IP5-22 TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I IP6-17 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I IP6-19 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I IP6-23 HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicI IP10-1 REVERSE LAMP SWITCH: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
C IP10-17 CAN +
C IP10-18 CAN –
O IP11-3 REVERSE LAMPS RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, IC SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 08.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDECA76 16-WAY / GREENCA77 2-WAY / GREYCA78 16-WAY / GREYIP1 14-WAY / GREENIP2 16-WAY / GREYIP3 2-WAY / GREYIP4 14-WAY / GREYJB50 4-WAY / GREYJB51 16-WAY / BLUEJB52 2-WAY / BLACK
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / WHITEJB172 23-WAY / BLUE
HAZARD SWITCH IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP CA304 2-WAY / BLACK REAR WINDOW
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH TM4 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH TT4 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH TT5 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK RH REAR
TRAILER CONNECTOR T5011 — TRUNK RH REART312N —T6US1 —
TRAILER TOWING CONTROL MODULE TT1 — SPARE WHEEL WELLTT2 —TT3 —
TRAILER TOWING REAR ACCESSORY CONNECTOR T3001 — TRUNK RH REART4001 —T5001 —
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationCA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK LH REAR
CA129 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS SPARE WHEEL WELL
CA146 3-WAY / BLACK / ACCESSORY SOCKET ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
CA175 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK
CA176 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK
CA302 2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB196 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
TT6 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G2 TRUNK / LH REAR
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G38 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / TOP OF LH E POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO CA86-2 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND
O CA87-4 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +
O IP5-22 TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I IP6-17 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I IP6-19 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I IP6-23 HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 08.5
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CARAVAN CONNECTOR T412S — TRUNK RH REAR
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDECA76 16-WAY / GREENCA77 2-WAY / GREYCA78 16-WAY / GREYIP1 14-WAY / GREENIP2 16-WAY / GREYIP3 2-WAY / GREYIP4 14-WAY / GREYJB50 4-WAY / GREYJB51 16-WAY / BLUEJB52 2-WAY / BLACK
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / WHITEJB172 23-WAY / BLUE
HAZARD SWITCH IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP CA304 2-WAY / BLACK REAR WINDOW
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH TM4 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH TT4 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH TT5 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK RH REAR
TRAILER CONNECTOR T5011 — TRUNK RH REART312N —T6US1 —
TRAILER TOWING CONTROL MODULE TT1 — SPARE WHEEL WELLTT2 —TT3 —
TRAILER TOWING REAR ACCESSORY CONNECTOR T3001 — TRUNK RH REART4001 —T5001 —
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationCA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK LH REAR
CA129 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS SPARE WHEEL WELL
CA146 3-WAY / BLACK / ACCESSORY SOCKET ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
CA175 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK
CA176 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK
CA302 2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB196 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
T3001 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
TT6 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK
TT7 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G2 TRUNK / LH REAR
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G38 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / TOP OF LH E POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO CA86-2 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND
O CA87-4 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +
O IP5-22 TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I IP6-17 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I IP6-19 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I IP6-23 HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 08.6
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDECA76 16-WAY / GREENCA77 2-WAY / GREYCA78 16-WAY / GREYIP1 14-WAY / GREENIP2 16-WAY / GREYIP3 2-WAY / GREYIP4 14-WAY / GREYJB50 4-WAY / GREYJB51 16-WAY / BLUEJB52 2-WAY / BLACK
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / WHITEJB172 23-WAY / BLUE
HAZARD SWITCH IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP CA304 2-WAY / BLACK REAR WINDOW
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH TM4 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH REAR RB5 2-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH REAR RB6 2-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER RH SIDE
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH TT4 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH TT5 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK RH REAR
TRAILER CONNECTOR T5011 — TRUNK RH REART312N —T6US1 —
TRAILER TOWING CONTROL MODULE TT1 — SPARE WHEEL WELLTT2 —TT3 —
TRAILER TOWING REAR ACCESSORY CONNECTOR T3001 — TRUNK RH REART4001 —T5001 —
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationCA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK LH REAR
CA129 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS SPARE WHEEL WELL
CA146 3-WAY / BLACK / ACCESSORY SOCKET ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
CA175 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK
CA176 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK
CA302 2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
TT6 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G2 TRUNK / LH REAR
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G38 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / TOP OF LH E POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO CA86-2 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND
O CA87-4 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +
O IP5-22 TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I IP6-17 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I IP6-19 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I IP6-23 HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 08.7
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDIP BEAM RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R9
FRONT AXLE SENSOR JB140 6-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT SUSPENSION
HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE IP130 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
HEADLAMP UNIT – LH JB84 10-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT OF VEHICLE
HEADLAMP UNIT – RH JB85 10-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT OF VEHICLE
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
REAR AXLE SENSOR HI1 6-WAY / BLACK LH REAR SUSPENSION
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA241 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA302 2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG10 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G11 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 09.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR COURTESY LAMP – LH FL7 2-WAY / WHITE LH FRONT DOOR
DOOR COURTESY LAMP – RH FR6 2-WAY / WHITE RH FRONT DOOR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT FL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOORFL9 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH REAR BL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOORBL6 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT FR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT DOORFR9 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH REAR BR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOORBR6 2-WAY / BLACK
FOOTWELL LAMP – LH IP27 2-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
FOOTWELL LAMP – RH IP26 2-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / WHITEJB172 23-WAY / BLUE
GLOVE BOX LAMP IP25 2-WAY / BROWN GLOVE BOX
REAR INTERIOR LAMP RC11 2-WAY / BLACK REAR HEAD LINERRC20 1-WAY / RED
ROOF CONSOLE RC22 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF, CENTER FRONTRC30 4-WAY / BLACKRC31 2-WAY / BLACKRC33 4-WAY / BLACKRC34 6-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LAMP CA132 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK RH SIDE
TRUNK LOCK MOTOR TM6 5-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK LID
VANITY MIRROR LAMP – LH RC9 2-WAY / BLACK LH SUN VISOR
VANITY MIRROR LAMP – RH RC8 2-WAY / BLACK RH SUN VISOR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH B/C POST
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD RH B/C POST
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK LH REAR
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO CA86-1 LH AND RH DOOR COURTESY LAMPS : TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O CA86-3 INTERIOR LAMPS : TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I CA86-14 RESET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA86-16 SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA86-18 RH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I CA87-15 LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I IP5-3 EXTERNAL ANTENNA
S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I IP6-21 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I IP6-22 DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
B+ JB172-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 09.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (AUTOMATIC, PANEL) AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL
IP101 26-WAY / YELLOW
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (MANUAL, PANEL) AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANELIP39 6-WAY / GREYIP101 26-WAY / YELLOWIP135 2-WAY / GREY
AUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTERIP65 20-WAY / BLACKIP106 2-WAY / COAXIAL
CIGAR LIGHTER IP42 2-WAY / ORANGE ASH TRAY
DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER FL1 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR ARM RESTFR1 20-WAY / BLACK
DOOR SWITCH PACK – LH REAR BL1 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR
DOOR SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER FL10 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
DOOR SWITCH PACK – RH REAR BR1 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH IP29 6-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
HAZARD, SEAT HEATER SWITCHES IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / YELLOW
J GATE ASSEMBLY IP14 16-WAY / GREEN CENTER CONSOLE
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
ROOF CONSOLE RC22 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF, CENTER FRONTRC30 4-WAY / BLACKRC31 2-WAY / BLACKRC33 4-WAY / BLACKRC34 6-WAY / BLACK
STEERING WHEEL SW4 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
TELEMATICS DISPLAY IP70 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEIP136 2-WAYIP137 2-WAYIP138 2-WAYIP139 2-WAY
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH B/C POST
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD RH B/C POST
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 10.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationELECTROCHROMIC REAR VIEW MIRROR RC5 5-WAY / BLACK REAR VIEW MIRROR
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / YELLOW
VARIABLE ASSIST SERVO EM91 2-WAY STEERING RACK PINION HOUSING
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicC IP10-17 CAN +
C IP10-18 CAN –
I IP11-8 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP11-23 VARIABLE ASSIST POWER STEERING FEEDBACK: CLOSED LOOP
I IP11-24 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
O IP11-25 VARIABLE ASSIST POWER STEERING DRIVE: 864 mA = MAXIMUM ASSIST; 0 mA = MINIMUM ASSIST
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 10.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER FL1 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR ARM REST
FR1 20-WAY / BLACK
FOLD FLAT MODULE CA270 7-WAY / GREY BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
DOOR MIRROR – LH FL5 22-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOOR
DOOR MIRROR – RH FR4 22-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT DOOR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 11.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationSEAT LUMBAR PUMP – LH LS19 3-WAY / WHITE LH SEAT
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – RH RS19 3-WAY / WHITE RH SEAT
SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH PACK – LH LS16 7-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT SEAT
SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH PACK – RH RS16 7-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT SEAT
SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS – LH LS2 2-WAY / BLACK BELOW LH SEATLS4 2-WAY / REDLS5 2-WAY / BLACKLS6 2-WAY / RED
SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS – RH RS2 2-WAY / BLACK BELOW RH SEATRS4 2-WAY / REDRS5 2-WAY / BLACKRS6 2-WAY / BLACK
SEAT SWITCH PACK – LH LS1 12-WAY / GREY LH SEAT
SEAT SWITCH PACK – RH RS1 12-WAY / GREY RH SEAT
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 11.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationSEAT MOVEMENT MOTOR – LH LS10 2-WAY / RED BELOW LH SEAT
SEAT MOVEMENT MOTOR – RH RS10 2-WAY / RED BELOW RH SEAT
SEAT SWITCH PACK – LH LS1 12-WAY / GREY LH SEAT
SEAT SWITCH PACK – RH RS1 12-WAY / GREY RH SEAT
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 11.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationSEAT BACK HEATER – LH LS7 4-WAY / GREY BELOW LH SEAT
SEAT BACK HEATER – RH RS7 4-WAY / GREY BELOW RH SEAT
SEAT CUSHION HEATER – LH LS7 4-WAY / GREY BELOW LH SEAT
SEAT CUSHION HEATER – RH RS7 4-WAY / GREY BELOW RH SEAT
SEAT HEATER MODULE – LH LS13 12-WAY / GREY BELOW LH SEAT
SEAT HEATER MODULE – RH RS13 12-WAY / GREY BELOW RH SEAT
SEAT HEATER SWITCH – LH IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH – RH IP56 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 12.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT FL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOOR
FL9 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH REAR BL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOORBL6 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT FR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT DOORFR9 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH REAR BR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOORBR6 2-WAY / BLACK
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / WHITEJB172 23-WAY / BLUE
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INERTIA SWITCH IP132 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER RH A POST
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / YELLOW
TRUNK LOCK MOTOR TM6 5-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK LID
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH TM8 2-WAY / WHITE TRUNK LID
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH B/C POST
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD RH B/C POST
CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK LH REAR
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO CA86-4 CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE – DOUBLE LOCKING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I CA86-14 RESET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA86-16 SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA86-18 RH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I CA86-19 LOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA86-22 TRUNK LID AJAR: TRUNK OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; TRUNK CLOSED = GROUND
O CA87-2 TRUNK LOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O CA87-3 CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE – LOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O CA87-5 CENTRAL LOCKING REAR MOTORS DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I CA87-15 LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I CA87-16 UNLOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
O IP5-1 PASSENGER DOORS LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I IP5-3 EXTERNAL ANTENNA
O IP5-5 DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I IP5-16 TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I IP6-8 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
I IP6-21 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I IP6-22 DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
B+ JB172-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicI IP10-13 EMERGENCY UNLOCK: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
S IP10-22 SCP +
S IP10-23 SCP –
I IP11-7 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I IP11-8 POWER GROUND: GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 12.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT FL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOOR
FL9 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH REAR BL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOORBL6 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT FR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT DOORFR9 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH REAR BR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOORBR6 2-WAY / BLACK
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / WHITEJB172 23-WAY / BLUE
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INERTIA SWITCH IP132 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER RH A POST
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / YELLOW
TRUNK LOCK MOTOR TM6 5-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK LID
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH TM8 2-WAY / WHITE TRUNK LID
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH B/C POST
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD RH B/C POST
CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK LH REAR
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicPG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I CA86-14 RESET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA86-16 SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA86-18 RH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I CA86-19 LOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA86-22 TRUNK LID AJAR: TRUNK OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; TRUNK CLOSED = GROUND
O CA87-2 TRUNK LOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O CA87-3 CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE – LOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O CA87-5 CENTRAL LOCKING REAR MOTORS DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I CA87-15 LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I CA87-16 UNLOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
O IP5-1 PASSENGER DOORS LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I IP5-3 EXTERNAL ANTENNA
O IP5-5 DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I IP5-16 TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I IP6-8 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
I IP6-21 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I IP6-22 DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
B+ JB172-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicI IP10-13 EMERGENCY UNLOCK: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
S IP10-22 SCP +
S IP10-23 SCP –
I IP11-7 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I IP11-8 POWER GROUND: GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 12.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER JB70 6-WAY / BLACK BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER
AUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTERIP65 20-WAY / BLACKIP106 2-WAY / COAXIAL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L) EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT FL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOORFL9 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH REAR BL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOORBL6 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT FR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT DOORFR9 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH REAR BR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOORBR6 2-WAY / BLACK
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / WHITEJB172 23-WAY / BLUE
HOOD SECURITY SWITCH JB81 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO RH FRONT SUSPENSION TURRET
HORN RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R3
HORNS JB87 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO BATTERY
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INCLINATION SENSOR CA190 6-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / YELLOW
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER IP15 4-WAY / GREEN STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH
PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER SL1 1-WAY LH FRONT OF VEHICLESL2 1-WAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
ROOF CONSOLE RC22 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF, CENTER FRONTRC30 4-WAY / BLACKRC31 2-WAY / BLACKRC33 4-WAY / BLACKRC34 6-WAY / BLACK
SECURITY INDICATOR IP29 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
TRUNK LOCK MOTOR TM6 5-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK LID
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH B/C POST
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD RH B/C POST
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK LH REAR
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
JB79 6-WAY / BLACK / SECURITY SOUNDER LINK LEAD BEHIND FRONT LH WHEELARCH LINER
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G11 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicPG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I CA86-17 INCLINATION SENSOR SENSE: ALARM TRIGGERED = GROUND; ALARM NOT TRIGGERED = B+
I CA86-18 RH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I CA86-19 LOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
O CA86-20 INCLINATION AND INTRUSION SENSORS POWER SUPPLY: B+
I CA86-22 TRUNK LID AJAR: TRUNK OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; TRUNK CLOSED = GROUND
I CA86-23 INTRUSION SENSOR SENSE: ALARM TRIGGERED = GROUND; ALARM NOT TRIGGERED = B+
O CA87-1 PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O CA87-2 TRUNK LOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I CA87-15 LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I IP5-3 EXTERNAL ANTENNA
O IP5-14 HORN RELAY DRIVE : TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I IP5-16 TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I IP6-8 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
I IP6-9 HEADLAMP FLASH SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I IP6-10 AUDIO UNIT PRESENCE SENSE: GROUND WHEN RADIO INSTALLED
I IP6-21 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I IP6-22 DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
B+ JB172-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
O JB172-3 RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O JB172-4 LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
D JB172-18 ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER DRIVE: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I JB172-21 HOOD AJAR: HOOD OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; HOOD CLOSED = GROUND
Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicO IP10-2 SECURITY INDICATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, IC SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
D IP10-3 PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D IP10-4 PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
I IP10-5 PATS GROUND: GROUND
O IP10-6 PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+
C IP10-17 CAN +
C IP10-18 CAN –
S IP10-22 SCP +
S IP10-23 SCP –
I IP11-7 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I IP11-8 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP11-11 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 13.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationGENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
CA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / WHITEJB172 23-WAY / BLUE
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
POWER WASH PUMP JB65 2-WAY / GREY BEHIND RH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER
POWER WASH PUMP RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R5
WINDSHIELD WASHER PUMP JB109 2-WAY / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH FRONT
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R1
WIPER MOTOR ASSEMBLY JB63 5-WAY / BLACK BASE OF WINDSHIELD LH SIDE
WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY IP16 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G10 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicPG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP5-4 INTERMITTENT WIPE INTERVAL: 1 = 0.5 – 4 kΩ; 2 = 4 – 14 kΩ; 3 = 14 – 24 kΩ; 4 = 24 – 34 kΩ; 5 = 34 – 43 kΩ; 6 = 43 – 57 kΩ
S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +
O IP5-21 WINDSHIELD WIPER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, CIRCUIT SWITCHED TO GROUND
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I IP6-4 INTERMITTENT WIPE: B+ WHEN SELECTED
I IP6-5 WASHER SWITCH: WASHER ON = GROUND; WASHER OFF = B+
B+ JB172-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
I JB172-2 WIPER MOTOR PARK SWITCH: PARKED = GROUND; NOT PARKED = B+
B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
O JB172-23 POWER WASH PUMP RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 13.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationGENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
CA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / WHITEJB172 23-WAY / BLUE
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
POWER WASH PUMP JB65 2-WAY / GREY BEHIND RH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER
POWER WASH PUMP RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R5
RAIN SENSING CONTROL MODULE CA6 12-WAY / BLACK BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
RAIN SENSOR RC15 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR VIEW MIRROR
WINDSHIELD WASHER PUMP JB109 2-WAY / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH FRONT
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R1
WIPER MOTOR ASSEMBLY JB63 5-WAY / BLACK BASE OF WINDSHIELD LH SIDE
WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY IP16 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA35 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH LOWER A POST
CA241 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G10 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicPG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP5-4 INTERMITTENT WIPE INTERVAL: 1 = 0.5 – 4 kΩ; 2 = 4 – 14 kΩ; 3 = 14 – 24 kΩ; 4 = 24 – 34 kΩ; 5 = 34 – 43 kΩ; 6 = 43 – 57 kΩ
S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +
O IP5-21 WINDSHIELD WIPER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, CIRCUIT SWITCHED TO GROUND
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I IP6-4 INTERMITTENT WIPE: B+ WHEN SELECTED
I IP6-5 WASHER SWITCH: WASHER ON = GROUND; WASHER OFF = B+
B+ JB172-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
I JB172-2 WIPER MOTOR PARK SWITCH: PARKED = GROUND; NOT PARKED = B+
B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
O JB172-23 POWER WASH PUMP RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 14.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT FL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOOR
FL9 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER (LHD) FL1 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR ARM REST
DOOR SWITCH PACK – LH REAR BL1 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR
DOOR SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER (LHD) FR10 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
DOOR SWITCH PACK – RH REAR BR1 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / WHITEJB172 23-WAY / BLUE
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT FL2 8-WAY / GREY LH FRONT DOOR
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – LH REAR BL2 8-WAY / GREY LH REAR DOOR
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT FR2 8-WAY / GREY RH FRONT DOOR
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – RH REAR BR2 8-WAY / GREY RH REAR DOOR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationCA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH B/C POST
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD RH B/C POST
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI CA86-16 SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
O CA87-17 GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST: 20 ms PULSED SIGNAL
I IP5-3 EXTERNAL ANTENNA
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
B+ JB172-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 14.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT FL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOOR
FL9 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER (LHD) FL1 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR ARM REST
DOOR SWITCH PACK – LH REAR BL1 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR
DOOR SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER (LHD) FR10 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
DOOR SWITCH PACK – RH REAR BR1 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / WHITEJB172 23-WAY / BLUE
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT FL2 8-WAY / GREY LH FRONT DOOR
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – LH REAR BL2 8-WAY / GREY LH REAR DOOR
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT FR2 8-WAY / GREY RH FRONT DOOR
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – RH REAR BR2 8-WAY / GREY RH REAR DOOR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationCA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH B/C POST
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD RH B/C POST
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI CA86-16 SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
O CA87-17 GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST: 20 ms PULSED SIGNAL
I IP5-3 EXTERNAL ANTENNA
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
B+ JB172-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 14.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationGENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
CA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / WHITEJB172 23-WAY / BLUE
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT FL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOORFL9 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT FR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT DOORFR9 2-WAY / BLACK
ROOF CONSOLE RC22 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF, CENTER FRONTRC30 4-WAY / BLACKRC31 2-WAY / BLACKRC33 4-WAY / BLACKRC34 6-WAY / BLACK
SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE RC14 10-WAY / GREY ROOF CONSOLE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI CA86-16 SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
O CA87-17 GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST: 20 ms PULSED SIGNAL
O CA87-20 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 8000 PULSES PER MPH
I IP5-3 EXTERNAL ANTENNA
S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
B+ JB172-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 15.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationANTENNA MODULE CA117 — BEHIND LH E POST TRIM
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES SW4 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
AUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTERIP65 20-WAY / BLACKIP106 2-WAY / COAXIAL
CD AUTOCHANGER CA301 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REARCD2 2-WAY / BLACK
HEATED REAR WINDOW ZA1 — REAR WINDOWZA10 —
SPEAKER – LH FRONT FL6 2-WAY / WHITE LH FRONT DOOR CASING
SPEAKER – LH REAR BL4 2-WAY / WHITE LH REAR DOOR CASING
SPEAKER – RH FRONT FR5 2-WAY / WHITE RH FRONT DOOR CASING
SPEAKER – RH REAR BR4 2-WAY / WHITE RH REAR DOOR CASING
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH B/C POST
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD RH B/C POST
CA189 2-WAY / COAXIAL / AUDIO SYSTEM ANTENNA LH LOWER A POST
CA230 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Audio Unit
Pin Description and CharacteristicD2 ID1-1 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
D2 ID1-2 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
PG IP65-1 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ IP65-2 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
O IP65-3 LH REAR AUDIO +
O IP65-4 LH REAR AUDIO -
O IP65-5 RH REAR AUDIO +
O IP65-6 RH REAR AUDIO -
I IP65-7 TELEPHONE MUTE SIGNAL
O IP65-8 SECURITY SYSTEM GROUND SENSING: GROUND WHEN AUDIO UNIT INSTALLED
S IP65-9 SCP +
S IP65-10 SCP –
B+ IP65-11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
O IP65-13 LH FRONT AUDIO -
O IP65-14 LH FRONT AUDIO +
O IP65-15 RH FRONT AUDIO -
O IP65-16 RH FRONT AUDIO +
I IP65-17 DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE
I IP65-18 STEERING WHEEL SWITCHES: STEPPED RESISTANCE
O IP65-19 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 15.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationANTENNA MODULE CA117 — BEHIND LH E POST TRIM
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES SW4 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
AUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTERIP65 20-WAY / BLACKIP106 2-WAY / COAXIAL
CD AUTOCHANGER CA301 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REARCD2 2-WAY / BLACK
HEATED REAR WINDOW ZA1 — REAR WINDOWZA10 —
MID BASS SPEAKER – LH FRONT FL6 2-WAY / WHITE LH FRONT DOOR CASING
MID BASS SPEAKER – LH REAR BL4 2-WAY / WHITE LH REAR DOOR CASING
MID BASS SPEAKER – RH FRONT FR5 2-WAY / WHITE RH FRONT DOOR CASING
MID BASS SPEAKER – RH REAR BR4 2-WAY / WHITE RH REAR DOOR CASING
SUB WOOFER CA124 14-WAY / GREY PARCEL SHELF
TWEETER – LH FRONT FL8 2-WAY / WHITE LH FRONT DOOR CASING
TWEETER – LH REAR BL5 2-WAY / WHITE LH REAR DOOR CASING
TWEETER – RH FRONT FR8 2-WAY / WHITE RH FRONT DOOR CASING
TWEETER – RH REAR BR8 2-WAY / WHITE RH REAR DOOR CASING
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH B/C POST
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD RH B/C POST
CA189 2-WAY / COAXIAL / AUDIO SYSTEM ANTENNA LH LOWER A POST
CA230 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G2 TRUNK / LH REAR
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Audio Unit
Pin Description and CharacteristicD2 ID1-1 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
D2 ID1-2 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
PG IP65-1 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ IP65-2 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
O IP65-3 LH REAR AUDIO +
O IP65-4 LH REAR AUDIO -
O IP65-5 RH REAR AUDIO +
O IP65-6 RH REAR AUDIO -
I IP65-7 TELEPHONE MUTE SIGNAL
O IP65-8 SECURITY SYSTEM GROUND SENSING: GROUND WHEN AUDIO UNIT INSTALLED
S IP65-9 SCP +
S IP65-10 SCP –
B+ IP65-11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
O IP65-12 AMPLIFIER ENABLE
O IP65-13 LH FRONT AUDIO -
O IP65-14 LH FRONT AUDIO +
O IP65-15 RH FRONT AUDIO -
O IP65-16 RH FRONT AUDIO +
I IP65-17 DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE
I IP65-18 STEERING WHEEL SWITCHES: STEPPED RESISTANCE
O IP65-19 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 16.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65 20-WAY / BLACKIP106 2-WAY / COAXIAL
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE CD3 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REARPH1 32-WAY / BLACKPH3 2-WAY / COAXIALPH5 2-WAY / COAXIAL
HANDSET RECEIVER (ROW) PP1 — CENTER CONSOLE
JaguarNet GPS ANTENNA PH5 2-WAY / COAXIAL BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REARNA1 26-WAY NATURALNA2 12-WAY / BLACKNA6 2-WAY / COAXIALNA7 20-WAY / BLACK
ROOF CONSOLE RC22 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF, CENTER FRONTRC30 4-WAY / BLACKRC31 2-WAY / BLACKRC33 4-WAY / BLACKRC34 6-WAY / BLACK
TELEMATICS DISPLAY IP70 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
TELEPHONE ANTENNA, BUMPER (ROW) — — REAR BUMPER
TELEPHONE ANTENNA, JaguarNet (ROW) PH13 2-WAY / COAXIAL PARCEL SHELF
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA35 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH LOWER A POST
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA241 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA406 3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA407 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
PH11 10-WAY / GREY / CELLULAR TELEPHONE LINK LEAD LH LOWER A POST
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G39 TRUNK / LH REAR
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Cellular Phone Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO PH1-1 PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY
O PH1-3 PHONE ON / OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO)
O PH1-4 MUTE COMMAND
— PH1-7 COMPUTER
— PH1-8 COMPUTER
PG PH1-9 POWER GROUND: GROUND
SG PH1-11 MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND
B+ PH1-12 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ PH1-13 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ PH1-14 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
I PH1-15 JaguarNet ASSISTANCE REQUEST
O PH1-16 JaguarNet ASSISTANCE CALL INDICATOR
I PH1-17 MICROPHONE +
I PH1-18 MICROPHONE -
D PH1-20 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
D PH1-22 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
I PH1-23 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
— PH1-24 COMPUTER
I PH1-25 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I PH1-26 TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I PH1-29 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
I PH1-30 AIRBAG DEPLOYED SIGNAL
I PH1-31 JaguarNet INFORMATION REQUEST
O PH1-32 JaguarNet INFORMATION CALL INDICATOR
D2 CD3-1 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
D2 CD3-2 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 16.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65 20-WAY / BLACKIP106 2-WAY / COAXIAL
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE CD3 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REARPH1 32-WAY / BLACKPH3 2-WAY / COAXIALPH5 2-WAY / COAXIAL
HANDSET RECEIVER (NAS) PH9 — LH A POSTPH10 10-WAY / GREY LH A POST
JaguarNet GPS ANTENNA PH5 2-WAY / COAXIAL BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REARNA1 26-WAY NATURALNA2 12-WAY / BLACKNA6 2-WAY / COAXIALNA7 20-WAY / BLACK
ROOF CONSOLE RC22 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF, CENTER FRONTRC30 4-WAY / BLACKRC31 2-WAY / BLACKRC33 4-WAY / BLACKRC34 6-WAY / BLACK
TELEMATICS DISPLAY IP70 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
TELEPHONE ANTENNA, BUMPER (NAS) PH4 2-WAY REAR BUMPER
TELEPHONE ANTENNA, JaguarNet (NAS) PH12 2-WAY / COAXIAL PARCEL SHELF
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationCA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA35 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH LOWER A POST
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA241 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA406 3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA407 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G39 TRUNK / LH REAR
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Cellular Phone Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO PH1-1 PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY
O PH1-2 HANDS FREE AUDIO TO PHONE
O PH1-3 PHONE ON / OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO)
O PH1-4 MUTE COMMAND
I PH1-5 MANUAL TEST DATA
I PH1-6 PHONE BATTERY VOLTAGE
PG PH1-9 POWER GROUND: GROUND
SG PH1-10 ANALOG GROUND: GROUND
SG PH1-11 MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND
B+ PH1-12 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ PH1-13 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ PH1-14 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
I PH1-15 JaguarNet ASSISTANCE REQUEST
O PH1-16 JaguarNet ASSISTANCE CALL INDICATOR
I PH1-17 MICROPHONE +
I PH1-18 MICROPHONE -
D PH1-20 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
D PH1-21 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
D PH1-22 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
I PH1-23 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
I PH1-25 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I PH1-26 TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I PH1-29 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
I PH1-30 AIRBAG DEPLOYED SIGNAL
I PH1-31 JaguarNet INFORMATION REQUEST
O PH1-32 JaguarNet INFORMATION CALL INDICATOR
D2 CD3-1 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
D2 CD3-2 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 16.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES SW4 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
AUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTERIP65 20-WAY / BLACKIP106 2-WAY / COAXIAL
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE CD3 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REARPH1 32-WAY / BLACKPH3 2-WAY / COAXIALPH5 2-WAY / COAXIAL
HANDSET RECEIVER (ROW) PP1 — CENTER CONSOLE
JaguarNet GPS ANTENNA PH5 2-WAY / COAXIAL BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REARNA1 26-WAY NATURALNA2 12-WAY / BLACKNA6 2-WAY / COAXIALNA7 20-WAY / BLACK
ROOF CONSOLE RC22 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF, CENTER FRONTRC30 4-WAY / BLACKRC31 2-WAY / BLACKRC33 4-WAY / BLACKRC34 6-WAY / BLACK
TELEMATICS DISPLAY IP70 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEIP136 2-WAYIP137 2-WAYIP138 2-WAYIP139 2-WAY
TELEPHONE ANTENNA, BUMPER (ROW) — — REAR BUMPER
TELEPHONE ANTENNA, JaguarNet (ROW) PH13 2-WAY / COAXIAL PARCEL SHELF
VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE PH2 22-WAY / GREY TRUNK LH REAR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationCA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA35 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH LOWER A POST
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA241 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA406 3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA407 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
PH11 10-WAY / GREY / CELLULAR TELEPHONE LINK LEAD LH LOWER A POST
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G39 TRUNK / LH REAR
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Cellular Phone Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO PH1-1 PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY
O PH1-3 PHONE ON / OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO)
O PH1-4 MUTE COMMAND
— PH1-7 COMPUTER
— PH1-8 COMPUTER
PG PH1-9 POWER GROUND: GROUND
SG PH1-11 MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND
B+ PH1-12 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ PH1-13 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ PH1-14 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
I PH1-15 JaguarNet ASSISTANCE REQUEST
O PH1-16 JaguarNet ASSISTANCE CALL INDICATOR
I PH1-17 MICROPHONE +
I PH1-18 MICROPHONE -
D PH1-20 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
D PH1-22 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
I PH1-23 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
— PH1-24 COMPUTER
I PH1-25 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I PH1-26 TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I PH1-29 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
I PH1-30 AIRBAG DEPLOYED SIGNAL
I PH1-31 JaguarNet INFORMATION REQUEST
O PH1-32 JaguarNet INFORMATION CALL INDICATOR
D2 CD3-1 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
D2 CD3-2 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
Voice Activation Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI PH2-1 MICROPHONE +
SG PH2-2 MICROPHONE SHIELD
B+ PH2-6 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II) (START / RUN STATUS)
B+ PH2-8 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I)
PG PH2-11 POWER GROUND
I PH2-12 MICROPHONE -
O PH2-14 D2B NETWORK WAKE UP
B+ PH2-22 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
D2 CD4-1 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
D2 CD2-2 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 16.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES SW4 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
AUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTERIP65 20-WAY / BLACKIP106 2-WAY / COAXIAL
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE CD3 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REARPH1 32-WAY / BLACKPH3 2-WAY / COAXIALPH5 2-WAY / COAXIAL
HANDSET RECEIVER (NAS) PH9 — LH A POSTPH10 10-WAY / GREY LH A POST
JaguarNet GPS ANTENNA PH5 2-WAY / COAXIAL BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REARNA1 26-WAY NATURALNA2 12-WAY / BLACKNA6 2-WAY / COAXIALNA7 20-WAY / BLACK
ROOF CONSOLE RC22 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF, CENTER FRONTRC30 4-WAY / BLACKRC31 2-WAY / BLACKRC33 4-WAY / BLACKRC34 6-WAY / BLACK
TELEMATICS DISPLAY IP70 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEIP136 2-WAYIP137 2-WAYIP138 2-WAYIP139 2-WAY
TELEPHONE ANTENNA, BUMPER (NAS) PH4 2-WAY REAR BUMPER
TELEPHONE ANTENNA, JaguarNet (NAS) PH12 2-WAY / COAXIAL PARCEL SHELF
VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE PH2 22-WAY / GREY TRUNK LH REAR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA35 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH LOWER A POST
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA241 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA406 3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA407 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G39 TRUNK / LH REAR
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Cellular Phone Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO PH1-1 PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY
O PH1-2 HANDS FREE AUDIO TO PHONE
O PH1-3 PHONE ON / OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO)
O PH1-4 MUTE COMMAND
I PH1-5 MANUAL TEST DATA
I PH1-6 PHONE BATTERY VOLTAGE
PG PH1-9 POWER GROUND: GROUND
SG PH1-10 ANALOG GROUND: GROUND
SG PH1-11 MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND
B+ PH1-12 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ PH1-13 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ PH1-14 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
I PH1-15 JaguarNet ASSISTANCE REQUEST
O PH1-16 JaguarNet ASSISTANCE CALL INDICATOR
I PH1-17 MICROPHONE +
I PH1-18 MICROPHONE -
D PH1-20 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
D PH1-21 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
D PH1-22 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
I PH1-23 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
I PH1-25 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I PH1-26 TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I PH1-29 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
I PH1-30 AIRBAG DEPLOYED SIGNAL
I PH1-31 JaguarNet INFORMATION REQUEST
O PH1-32 JaguarNet INFORMATION CALL INDICATOR
D2 CD3-1 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
D2 CD3-2 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
Voice Activation Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI PH2-1 MICROPHONE +
SG PH2-2 MICROPHONE SHIELD
B+ PH2-6 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II) (START / RUN STATUS)
B+ PH2-8 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I)
PG PH2-11 POWER GROUND
I PH2-12 MICROPHONE -
O PH2-14 D2B NETWORK WAKE UP
B+ PH2-22 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
D2 CD4-1 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
D2 CD2-2 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 16.5
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES SW4 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
AUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTERIP65 20-WAY / BLACKIP106 2-WAY / COAXIAL
ROOF CONSOLE RC22 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF, CENTER FRONTRC30 4-WAY / BLACKRC31 2-WAY / BLACKRC33 4-WAY / BLACKRC34 6-WAY / BLACK
VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE PH2 22-WAY / GREY TRUNK LH REAR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA35 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH LOWER A POST
CA406 3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Voice Activation Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI PH2-1 MICROPHONE +
SG PH2-2 MICROPHONE SHIELD
B+ PH2-6 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II) (START / RUN STATUS)
B+ PH2-8 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I)
PG PH2-11 POWER GROUND
I PH2-12 MICROPHONE -
O PH2-14 D2B NETWORK WAKE UP
B+ PH2-22 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
D2 CD4-1 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
D2 CD2-2 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 16.6
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationNAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
NA1 26-WAY NATURALNA2 12-WAY / BLACKNA6 2-WAY / COAXIALNA7 20-WAY / BLACK
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA NA12 2-WAY / COAXIAL BELOW PARCEL SHELF, LH SIDE
TELEMATICS DISPLAY IP70 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEIP136 2-WAYIP137 2-WAYIP138 2-WAYIP139 2-WAY
TRAFFIC MASTER CONTROL MODULE NA15 5-WAY / GREEN TRUNK LH REAR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationNA24 16-WAY / GREEN / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G40 TRUNK / LH REAR
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 16.7
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationNAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
NA1 26-WAY NATURALNA2 12-WAY / BLACKNA6 2-WAY / COAXIALNA7 20-WAY / BLACK
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA NA12 2-WAY / COAXIAL BELOW PARCEL SHELF, LH SIDE
ROOF CONSOLE RC22 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF, CENTER FRONTRC30 4-WAY / BLACKRC31 2-WAY / BLACKRC33 4-WAY / BLACKRC34 6-WAY / BLACK
TELEMATICS DISPLAY IP70 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEIP136 2-WAYIP137 2-WAYIP138 2-WAYIP139 2-WAY
TELEVISION ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 1 NA20 2-WAY TELEVISION ANTENNA
TELEVISION ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 2 NA21 2-WAY TELEVISION ANTENNA
TELEVISION ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 3 NA22 2-WAY TELEVISION ANTENNA
TELEVISION ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 4 NA23 2-WAY TELEVISION ANTENNA
VEHICLE INFORMATION ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER NA11 2-WAY BEHIND RH E POST
VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL MODULE NA9 10-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK LH REAR
VEHICLE INFORMATION SENSOR CA222 2-WAY TOP OF INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA35 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH LOWER A POST
CA406 3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
NA24 16-WAY / GREEN / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
NA25 8-WAY / COAXIAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO NAVIGATION HARNESS BELOW CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G40 TRUNK / LH REAR
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 17.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIRBAG DEACTIVATED INDICATOR LAMP – PASSENGER IP140 3-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER AIRBAG COVER
CURTAIN AIRBAG IGNITER – DRIVER CA144 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SIDE E POST
CURTAIN AIRBAG IGNITER – PASSENGER CA145 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE E POST
DUAL AIRBAG IGNITER – DRIVER SW1 2-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEELSW2 2-WAY / BLACK
DUAL AIRBAG IGNITER – PASSENGER IP36 2-WAY / BROWN INSTRUMENT PANEL PASSENGER SIDEIP37 2-WAY / BLACK
FRONT IMPACT SENSOR JB93 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO HOOD CATCH
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – DRIVER CA65 18-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SIDE B/C POST
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – PASSENGER CA70 18-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE B/C POST
SEAT BELT SWITCH – DRIVER CA65 18-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BELT
SEAT BELT SWITCH – PASSENGER CA70 18-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BELT
SEAT POSITION SWITCH – DRIVER CA65 18-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT TRACK
SEAT WEIGHT PRESSURE SENSOR – PASSENGER WS18 3-WAY UNDER PASSENGER SEAT
SEAT WEIGHT SENSING CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER WS17 12-WAY UNDER PASSENGER SEAT
SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER – DRIVER AL1 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BACK
SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER – PASSENGER AD1 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL PASSENGER SIDE
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – DRIVER CA215 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SIDE LOWER B/C POST
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – DRIVER REAR CA140 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE REAR LOWER SAFETY BELT ANCHOR
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – PASSENGER CA216 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SIDE LOWER B/C POST
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – PASSENGER REAR CA131 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO PASSENGER SIDE REAR LOWER SAFETY BELT ANCHOR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationCA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 18.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationPARKING AID CONTROL MODULE RB7 26-WAY / YELLOW SPARE WHEEL WELL
PARKING AID SENSOR – LH RB1 3-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER
PARKING AID SENSOR – LH CENTER RB2 3-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER
PARKING AID SENSOR – RH RB4 3-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER
PARKING AID SENSOR – RH CENTER RB3 3-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER
PARKING AID SOUNDER CA136 2-WAY / WHITE PARCEL SHELF
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA129 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS SPARE WHEEL WELL
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG2 TRUNK / LH REAR
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ RB7-1 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
PG RB7-3 POWER GROUND: GROUND
D RB7-5 SERIAL DATA LINK
I RB7-8 TRAILER CONNECTED STATUS: GROUND = TRAILER CONNECTED
I RB7-9 REVERSE LAMPS STATUS: B+ = REVERSE LAMPS ON
D RB7-10 LH CENTER SENSOR SIGNAL DATA
D RB7-11 LH SENSOR SIGNAL DATA
O RB7-14 PARKING AID SOUNDER +
O RB7-15 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
O RB7-16 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
O RB7-17 PARKING AID SOUNDER
D RB7-23 RH CENTER SENSOR SIGNAL DATA
D RB7-24 RH SENSOR SIGNAL DATA
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and allcomponents connected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 19.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCABIN ACCESSORY CONNECTOR IP24 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND GLOVE BOX
CIGAR LIGHTER IP42 2-WAY / ORANGE ASH TRAY
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / WHITEJB172 23-WAY / BLUE
HORN RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R3
HORN SWITCH SW6 2-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
HORNS JB87 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO BATTERY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
ROOF CONSOLE RC22 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF, CENTER FRONTRC30 4-WAY / BLACKRC31 2-WAY / BLACKRC33 4-WAY / BLACKRC34 6-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR CA146 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationCA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G11 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicPG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND
O IP5-14 HORN RELAY DRIVE : TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I IP6-20 STEERING WHEEL HORN SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
B+ JB172-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 20.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM CONTROL MODULE JB45 42-WAY / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE JB197 42-WAY / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (MANUAL, PANEL) AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANELIP39 6-WAY / GREYIP101 26-WAY / YELLOWIP135 2-WAY / GREY
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (AUTOMATIC, PANEL) AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANELIP101 26-WAY / YELLOW
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (REMOTE) AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNITIP101 26-WAY / YELLOW
DATA LINK CONNECTOR IP22 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW STEERING COLUMN
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L) EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE IP130 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / YELLOW
J GATE ASSEMBLY IP14 16-WAY / GREEN CENTER CONSOLE
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR IP19 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE JB131 37-WAY / BLUE LOWER LH A POST
YAW RATE SENSOR IP20 4-WAY / BLACK BEHIND CENTER CONSOLE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 20.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65 20-WAY / BLACKIP106 2-WAY / COAXIAL
DATA LINK CONNECTOR IP22 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW STEERING COLUMN
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L) EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / WHITEJB172 23-WAY / BLUE
HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE IP130 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / YELLOW
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REARNA1 26-WAY NATURALNA2 12-WAY / BLACKNA6 2-WAY / COAXIALNA7 20-WAY / BLACK
PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE RB7 26-WAY / YELLOW SPARE WHEEL WELL
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE CA165 40-WAY / BLACK UNDER CENTER CONSOLEIP74 24-WAY / BLACK
ROOF CONSOLE RC22 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF, CENTER FRONTRC30 4-WAY / BLACKRC31 2-WAY / BLACKRC33 4-WAY / BLACKRC34 6-WAY / BLACK
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA129 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS SPARE WHEEL WELL
CA230 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA241 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground Location
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 20.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65 20-WAY / BLACKIP106 2-WAY / COAXIAL
CD AUTOCHANGER CA301 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REARCD2 2-WAY / BLACK
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE CD3 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REARPH1 32-WAY / BLACKPH3 2-WAY / COAXIALPH5 2-WAY / COAXIAL
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REARNA1 26-WAY NATURALNA2 12-WAY / BLACKNA6 2-WAY / COAXIALNA7 20-WAY / BLACK
VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE PH2 22-WAY / GREY TRUNK LH REAR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA241 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA407 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CD1 2-WAY / BLACK / FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
CD6 2-WAY / BLACK / FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR TRUNK LH REAR
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Fig. 20.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65 20-WAY / BLACKIP106 2-WAY / COAXIAL
CD AUTOCHANGER CA301 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REARCD2 2-WAY / BLACK
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE CD3 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REARPH1 32-WAY / BLACKPH3 2-WAY / COAXIALPH5 2-WAY / COAXIAL
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REARNA1 26-WAY NATURALNA2 12-WAY / BLACKNA6 2-WAY / COAXIALNA7 20-WAY / BLACK
VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE PH2 22-WAY / GREY TRUNK LH REAR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CD1 2-WAY / BLACK / FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
CD6 2-WAY / BLACK / FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR TRUNK LH REAR
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
IP2-1
B
JB186-1
G12A
JB186-2
G16AS
B G12B
G13AS
W
UY
BB 7 02.1
JBS42W
JB130-5
W
F27 10AJB35-49 JB35-50
F28 15A JB35-52JB35-51
JBS41
UY
UY
R
GOIP18-1
IP18-4
I
II
III
4JB3-1
R R
JB180
JB160
B 04.1
JB182
G12A
G12B
8
GUIPS45
GO
IPS44
GUIP3-1
F67 5A
23II
6
OYJBS29
OY
OY
1
JB184
UY
W
F4 30A
JB35-6 JB35-5F2 50A
JB35-16 JB35-15
R
R
F6 30A
JB35-10 JB35-9
F7 50A
JB35-14 JB35-13
R
R
JB52-1
JB52-2
JB50-4
JB50-1
5
R
R
R
R
01.2
06.1 06.2
01.4
06.1 06.2
9
10
11
12
2
13
01.201.2
01.6
06.1 06.2
06.1 06.2
06.1 06.2
IP132-1
IP132-3
IP132-2
OY
3 03.1OG
F18 20AJB35-32 JB35-3103.4
02.2
04.2
Main Power Distribution Main Power Distribution Fig. 01.1
All Vehicles
ENGINEGROUND
CHASSISGROUND
BATTERY
TIMER
TRANSIT ISOLATIONRELAY
BATTERY-ve POST
NOTE: JBS41 – Automatic Transmission vehicles only.
BAT
TER
Y P
OW
ER B
US
2
BA
TTER
Y P
OW
ER B
US
1
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
KEY-IN
IGNITION SWITCH
INERTIA SWITCH
STARTER
TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE
BA
TTER
Y P
OW
ER B
US
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
CA25-4
6
5
F22 20AJB35-39 JB35-40
NR
F5 30AJB35-12 JB35-11
OY
F26 15AJB35-47 JB35-48
O
F25 15AJB35-45 JB35-46
OY
F24 15AJB35-43 JB35-44
R
F3 60AJB35-8 JB35-7
R
F21 15AJB35-37 JB35-38
RU
F23 10AJB35-41 JB35-42
GO
F1 20AJB35-4 JB35-3
GB
F20 5AJB35-35 JB35-36
NR
F32 5AJB34-84 JB34-85
N
F30 30AJB34-80 JB34-81
B
F8 80AJB34-72 JB34-73
OY
F60 20A
OY
F29 30AJB34-78 JB34-79
UF10 20AJB34-76 JB34-77
WU
F31 10AJB34-82 JB34-83
WG
F9 50AJB34-74 JB34-75
OY
F61 20A
19
15
23
22
21
14
18
20
17
24
JB188-1
NR
JB3-5
RJB3-12
GB
JB1-31
NR
JB3-14
NNN
CA169-3
28N
IPS42
32
27
26
25NG
01.6
13.1
02.1
01.6
01.3
05.2
12.3
08.1
12.1
05.1
08.1
03.2
08.1
16.6
03.2
19.1
08.4
03.1
CA78-7
CA407-9
NR
14.1
OYIP4-1
19.1
08.1
01.5
F70 30A
F71 15A
CA78-5
CA76-10 CAS72NR NR
15.1
14.3
11.1
OY
F72 15A
F73 15A
F74 15A
IP1-6
CA78-2 CA36-14
O O
JB129-5
U
11.1
N
F75 7.5A CA76-11
NW
16.3
20.1
16.6
CA15-8
OY OYCA78-6
CA30-4
OY OYCA78-12
CA20-8
OY OYCA78-11
CA70-15
OY
15.2
02.1
NRCA414-1
NR
PHS1
NR
NR
NR
IP1-14
CA414-3
CA78-1
CAS60
OY OY
OY
15.1
15.1
CA78-3
NR
O
IP1-9
CA76-12
UIP2-15
U
10.2
12.3
06.1
OY
OY OY
NW
OY
N
NR
O
U
WR
O
OY
R
CA65-15
OG
F66 30A CA77-1
OG
OG
OG 11.1
LSS2
(1)
11.3
11.1
OG
OG(2)
OY
OY
OY
11.1
RSS2
(3) 11.1
11.3OY
OY(4)
(7)
(5)
(6) 16.6CA414-3
OY OY
OY
01.535
34
33
05.205.1
06.2
08.2
08.2
07.1
08.2
08.3 08.4 08.5
08.5
08.2
OY
16.1
16.1
OG
09.2
07.2
11.2 11.3
11.2
11.2 11.3
11.2
12.2 13.1
08.3 13.1
12.3 13.2 14.1 14.2
08.4 13.2
14.3
13.2
14.2
14.1 14.2
14.1 14.2
14.1 14.2
12.3
20.2
15.2
15.2
15.2
16.7
16.7
16.4
16.2 16.3 16.4
16.2 16.3 16.4
16.7
16.7
19.1
19.1
F68 15A
16NR
NR
JBS63
36
37
38
41
40
39
42
64
43
63
62
47
46
48
49
45
54
50
53
55
57
56
60
59
58
44
52
51
61
04.1
19.1
08.7
01.5 08.5 09.1 12.3
16.5
12.1 12.2
13
29
3031
08.6
08.6
08.6
05.3
05.3
03.4
03.4
02.2
03.3
02.2
04.2
Battery Power Distribution Battery Power Distribution Fig. 01.2
BA
TTER
Y P
OW
ER B
US
1B
ATT
ERY
PO
WER
BU
S 2
NOTE: JBS63 – Automatic Transmissionvehicles only.
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
BAT
TER
Y P
OW
ER B
US
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
NOTATION:
(1) Single Function LH Seat(2) Powered LH Seat with Heater(3) Single Function RH Seat(4) Powered RH Seat with Heater(5) CD Autochanger and Navigation(6) Navigation Only(7) CD Only
NOTE: CAS72 – VICS only.
All Vehicles
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) Fig. 01.3
JBS55
NAS2
NGNG
NGNG CA240-9
IPS33
CA170-16
CAS39
CAS27
RIP18-6IP18-4
I
II
III
4 GWIPS53
GW GWJB129-18
F69 7.5A
IP4-6
YU
YGIP4-5
IP2-14
3I
20 WR
B B
G14AL
NG
1I
2I
19.1
08.4
GW07.1
YG
YG
YG YG
YU
CA230-1
16.6
15.1 15.2
18.1
16.1
16.3
16.7
YG YG
YG YGYG
YGCA129-1
YG YG
YGYG
YG
CA414-02
CA241-12
PHS4CA407-10
08.5
3
1
5
2
R4 4
15.1 15.2
16.7
16.6 16.7
16.4 16.5
16.2 16.3 16.4
19.1
9I
10I
11I
8I
4I
5I
6I
7I
08.6
KEY-IN
IGNITION SWITCH(1)
ACCESSORYPOWER RELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
NOTE: CAS39 – VICS, Navigation, and/orReverse Parking Aid only.
NOTE: NAS2 – VICS only.
NOTE: PHS4 – Voice only.
All Vehicles
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) Fig. 01.4
All Vehicles
-ve BUS
RW
CA170-14
N
JB130-20
NRJB2-2 (2.5, 3.0 L)JB196-2 (2.0 L)
WR
Y
CA65-9
W
RW
CA10-11
N
IPS63
GB
GR
CA407-8
CA407-11
JB130-5
Y
WR
GW
OY
R
GOIP18-1
IP18-4
I
II
III
4
IP132-1
IP132-3
GUIP132-2IPS45 GO
IPS44
GUIP3-1
GO GO GOJB129-19 JB1-32
03.1
02.1JB3-2
GO GO
GU GU GUJB129-12 JB1-15
03.1
GO
F84 5A IP1-8
F95 10A JB51-8
F96 7.5A JB51-10
17.1
05.1
02.1
17.1
17.1
03.2
08.3
02.1
10.1
03.2
02.1
04.1
04.1
03.2
06.1
06.1
20.1
16.3
11.3
16.1
01.1
12.3
05.1
08.1
19.1
GR
GR
GR
9
F78 5A
IP4-9
F77 7.5A IP2-6
F67 5A IP2-1
F90 7.5A CA76-16
F68 15A IP4-1
F91 10A CA78-14
F62 7.5A IP1-7
CA76-9
GJB3-8
G
GW GW
JB51-11
JB51-1
WR
WJBS42
W
W
W
W
CA170-13
NRPAS3 NR
NRNR
03.2
03.1
CAS70
F92 10A
IP2-12
CA76-15
WUCA78-13 CA36-12
RW
JBS21JB1-30
JB2-14 (2.5, 3.0 L)JB196-5 (2.0 L)
RW
RW RW
O
F83 15A IP4-14 JB3-6
O
NG
F81 20A CA78-9
GB
IP1-10
NG
GB
GB
F82 10A JB51-13
GRJB51-14 JB1-13
JB1-2
GB
GR
GRIP2-8
GR
JB51-15
WR
F94 20A
IP4-10
WR
CA75-4
08.7
08.3
10.1
10.2 14.2
14.3
CA78-10
F80 7.5A CA75-5
WRCA230-14
WRIPS64
WR
WR
WR
WR
13.1
GUCA78-15
FRS4
GU
CAS20
WU
WU** BR
OY
14.1 14.2
10.2
CA30-5
GU
GUGU
GU
FLS3
GW
CAS71CA25-5
GW
GWGW
GW
G15AR*G15AL
30II
29II
BCA76-5
BCAS10
-ve BUS
04.1
04.1
05.2
06.2
WR 06.2
04.1
05.1 05.2
05.2
07.1
08.3
08.3
08.4 08.5
08.3 08.4 08.5
08.2 08.7
IP1-1
IP1-4 CA1-3 CA70-3
GR GR
F93 30A
13.1
13.1
13.1
GR
GR
GR
JBS25GR
GW
JB51-9
IP2-7
12.3
11.3
14.2
14.1 14.2
14.1
14.2
14.1
13.2
13.2
13.2
20.2
16.4
16.2 16.3 16.4
16.5
W 04.124II
12II
28II
27II
26II
25II
23II
22II
21II
15II
14II
13II
18II
17II
16II
19II
20II
CA240-2
GBGB GB
GB GBCA70-9
3
2
5
1
R18
13.2
(LHD)
(RHD)CA20-9
GU 14.1
GU
(RHD)
(LHD)CA15-9
GW
GW
GR 12.1 12.2
08.6
08.6
03.3
03.3
02.2
02.2
03.4
03.4
02.2
02.2
03.4
03.3 03.4
03.4CA10-7
IPS70
13.2GW 13.1
JB3-6
GW 13.2GW 13.1
04.2
04.2
04.2
04.2
04.2
04.2
05.3
05.3
05.3
63II
62II
59II
60II
61II
57II
56II
55II
54II
58II
53II
52II
51II
47II
42II
43II
41II
31II
39II
40II
38II
37II
36II
35II
34II
32II
50II
44II
49II
45II
46II
48II
33II
KEY-IN
IGNITION SWITCH(II)
INERTIA SWITCH
UNLOCK DOORS
INTERNAL POWER SUPPLYCONTINUED FROM THE RIGHT
NOTE: The Central Junction Fuse Boxincorporates a negative (ground)bus bar. Circuits completed toground via the bus are identifiedby the code “-ve BUS”.
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX(CONTINUES)
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX(CONTINUED)
INTERNAL POWER SUPPLYCONTINUES TO THE LEFT
IGNITIONRELAY
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
NOTE: JBS21 – Manual Transmission only.
NOTE: CAS20 – Rear PowerWindows only.
NOTE: CAS71 – Rear PowerWindows only.
** NOTE: WU – early production vehicles.
NOTE: PAS3 – Cruise Control only.
NOTE: CA10-7 – 2.0L only.
NOTE: IPS70 – Later Production vehicles only.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Ignition Switched Power Distribution: Battery Saver Ignition Switched Power Distribution: Battery Saver Fig. 01.5
B
IPS12OY
OY
RCS3OY
OYCAS30
OY
CA21-4
CA16-4
OY
IP4-3IP5-2035
34
F99 10A CA76-6
CA76-14
IP4-11
B
OY
OY
OY
CA36-16
OY
OY
OY
OY
OYOY
OY
06.1 06.2
09.1
O
23 OJB172-5
09.1
09.1
09.1
09.1
09.1
09.1
09.1
3
1
5
2
R21 4
IP6-1
B
G5AS(G5AR)
CA86-5
B
G4AL
09.1
B
P
19.1
WR 06.2
B74
B65
B64
B69
B68
B67
B66
B73
B72
B71
B70
BATTERYSAVER
CONTROL
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
BATTERY SAVERRELAY
NOTE:
“Battery Saver” provides automatic switch-off of the Courtesy Lamps after 10 minutes andautomatic switch-off of the Demand Lighting and Audible Warning after 30 minutes.
GECM timers are started when the ignition key has been switched to the I (accessory)or 0 (off) position. When the timers expire at 10 and 30 minutes, the feature(s) is / are switched off.
When one of the following actions is detected, all features are enabled and thebattery saver timer is reset:
• the ignition is switched to II (run) or III (start).• any door or trunk lid becomes ajar or is opened.• any unlock is activated.
Battery saver is also active when GECM diagnostic mode is entered.
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
NOTE: CAS30 – Door Courtesy Lamps only.
All Vehicles
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
NR
B B
NR
WU
JBS47
WGWG
JB1-33 ILS1
WR
WG
JB1-9 ENS4
WG
WG
JB1-35 ENS11
JBS46
WG
WR
WG
5
WU
F31 10AJB34-82 JB34-83
WG
F9 50AJB34-74 JB34-7526
03.1JB34-90 JB34-91
31 WU
WG
JB1-41
F41 10AJB34-102 JB34-103
WU
F38 30AJB34-96 JB34-97
WU
F42 30AJB34-104 JB34-105
WU
NGF39 5AJB34-98 JB34-99
WU
WG
F37 15AJB34-94 JB34-95
WU
GU
F36 10AJB34-92 JB34-93
WU
EN4-6
NR GR
GW
GY
GU
GR
GB
GN
03.2
03.2
03.2
03.2
03.2
03.2
03.1
03.1
03.1
03.1
03.1
03.1
JB1-1
WR
WR
ENS13WG
WR
NGJB1-11 ENS27
NGNG
NG
WGJB187-2
03.1
03.1
04.1
03.2
WG
WG
WG
JBS44
GU
GU
GU
GU
GU
GU 13.1
03.2
03.1
03.1
03.1
03.1GU
GU
GU
GUCA5-10
JB1-5
CA10-2
GU
WG
WG
GU
GU
GU
3
1
5
2
R7
13.2
03.3
03.4
03.3
03.4
03.4
03.4
03.4
03.4
03.3
03.3
03.3
03.3
03.3
03.4
03.3
03.3
03.3
03.3
03.4
03.4
E94
E95
E93
E92
E91
E90
E96
E75
E79
E78
E77
E76
E81
E80
E85
E84
E83
E82
E88
E87
E86
E89
Engine Management System Switched Power Distribution Engine Management System Switched Power Distribution Fig. 01.6
BA
TTER
Y P
OW
ER B
US
2
D2(EMS DIODE)
EMS CONTROLRELAY
ECM CONTROL(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
All Vehicles
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L Fig. 02.1
R
B
YIP18-7
IP18-5
IP18-4
I
II
III
4
IP11-7
O
OIP10-4IP15-4
S
SIP10-23
IP10-2220.2
20.2U
Y
S
SIP5-18
IP5-1920.2
20.2U
Y
WGIP10-3IP15-3
IP10-5IP15-2
IP15-1
G
IP11-8G37AL
(G36BL)
D
D
BIP6-8
I
B
GIP10-6
BJB160
EN16-123
EN16-124
EN16-79
EN16-53
Y
G
ST2
B
B
EN49-2
EN49-1
EN49-4
GR
RG
U
ST4
Y
I
I
41II
EN16-65 EN49-3
OGO
20.1
20.1
C
CIP10-17
IP10-1820.1
20.1Y
GC
C
JB156-6
JB156-10
NB
39II
JB129-11 JBS34
JB2-16
GO BRW(NAS)
(ROW)
(NAS)
(ROW)
Y Y
I
I
P, N
EN16-31
Y
B
EN16-41
GO O
Y
GO
OY
Y
28
JB1-40
GO
Y
JB1-34
(AUTO)
(MAN)W
U
PA5-2PA5-1
EN16-6
BG12A
G16AS
BG12B
G13AS
7
JB145-5
JB2-12
14II
IP11-11
GR
61
15II
B
3
1
R10
2
5
4
N
P
EN700
JB1-42
Y
YB
B
B
P
YEN700-1ST3
(2)
(1)
BATTERY
KEY-IN
IGNITION SWITCH(III)
TRANSMISSIONRANGE SENSOR
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFTSYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
CLUTCH PEDALSAFETY SWITCH
SECURITY
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
PASSIVEANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
PATS POWER
PATS GROUND
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
O.K. TO START
O.K. TO START
STARTERRELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
STARTER MOTOR
GENERATOR WARNING
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
GENERATOR
STARTENGINE
CRANKENGINEREQUEST
NOTE: ECM power supplies andgrounds shown on Fig. 03.1.
FIELD
CHARGE
GENERATORLOAD
2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
NOTATION:
(1) Early production vehicles(2) Later production vehicles
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0L Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0L Fig. 02.2
R
B
YIP18-7
IP18-5
IP18-4
I
II
III
4
IP11-7
O
OIP10-4IP15-4
S
SIP10-23
IP10-2220.2
20.2U
Y
S
SIP5-18
IP5-1920.2
20.2U
Y
WGIP10-3IP15-3
IP10-5IP15-2
IP15-1
G
IP11-8G37AL
(G36BL)
D
D
BIP6-8
I
B
GIP10-6
BJB160
EN65-088
EN65-089
EN65-035
EN65-043
Y
G
ST2
EN700
B
B
EN49-2
EN49-1
EN49-4
GR
RG
U
ST4
Y
I
I
41II
EN65-008 EN49-3
OGO
20.1
20.1
C
CIP10-17
IP10-1820.1
20.1Y
GC
C
JB156-6
JB156-10
NB
39II
JB129-11 JBS34
JB196-4
GO B
Y Y
I
I
P, N
EN65-085
Y
B
EN65-068
GO O
Y
GO
OY
Y
28
JB1-40
GO
Y
JB1-34
(AUTO)
(MAN)
EN65-006
BG12A
G16AS
BG12B
G13AS
7
JB145-5
JB196-6
14II
IP11-11
GR
61
15II
B
3
1
R10
2
5
4
N
P
JB1-42
Y
YB
B
B
P
U
BATTERY
KEY-IN
IGNITION SWITCH(III)
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFTSYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
TRANSMISSIONRANGE SENSOR
SECURITY
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
PASSIVEANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
PATS POWER
PATS GROUND
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
O.K. TO START
O.K. TO START
STARTERRELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
STARTER MOTOR
GENERATOR WARNING
STARTENGINE
CRANKENGINEREQUEST
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
NOTE: ECM power supplies andgrounds shown on Fig. 03.3.
FIELD
CHARGE
GENERATORLOAD
GENERATOR
2.0L Vehicles
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 1 Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 1 Fig. 03.1
EN16-053
EN16-006
EN16-007
EN16-010
RG
GU
GO
Y
ENS1 ENS22
G8AL G8AR
B
B
B
B
B
BBB
B
B
BB
EN16-116
EN16-111
EN16-091
EN16-082
EN16-081
EN16-054
EN16-030
EN16-029
EN16-018
EN16-017
EN16-005
EN16-004
RWEN16-109
GEN16-110
OYEN16-038
OYEN16-039
UYEN16-066
OEN16-067
PEN16-075
YEN16-076
BGEN16-043
YEN16-013
BGEN16-020
RGEN16-104
UEN16-050
UEN16-073
YEN16-078
UYEN16-070
BGEN16-019
OEN16-071
BWEN16-046
BWEN16-045
GWEN16-044
GOEN16-055
PEN16-108
YEN16-107
PEN16-084
YEN16-083
BREN16-130
RUEN16-002
RUEN16-001
EN16-123
G
EN16-124
Y
EN16-105
W
EN16-134
RW
EN16-052
GR O
JB1-38
JB1-39
RW
GR
3 OG
GU
C
C
D
20.1
20.1
20.2
EN16-031
EN16-065
EN16-079
EN16-041
B
GO
U
OG
02.1
13II
I
I
O
I
I
02.1
02.1
02.1
02.1
I02.1
EN16-022
NR32
EN23 -1
EN37 EN32-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1
EN6 -1 -3 -2EN12-1
EN18 -2 -1-5-4
υ
2/11/1IATS
υ
EN25 -1 -2
υ
EN14 EN9-4 -3 -2-1 -4 -3 -2-1
λ
2/2
λ
1/2
U U
E81
E83
E82
E84
Y P RU
WG
Y P GO
WR
N W U WG
N W UY
WR
GW
BW
O BG
NEN16-129
UEN16-092
NEN16-128
GOEN16-056
UYEN16-093
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
OEN16-040
B O01.6
EN43-1
EN33-1
21
Y P O B G N W N
EN12-2
EN43-2
EN33-2
-2
NEN16-098
NEN16-069
GEN16-068
BGEN16-100
BEN16-095
OEN16-094
PEN16-036
YEN16-037
–
+
O
GU
ENS6
E93
I
I
IL7 -3 -2 -1
υ
FT5 -2 -1
TP1
EN10-2
EN10-1EN13 -3-1 -2 -4
TP2
REN16-102
YEN16-103
OYEN16-012
BWEN16-127
UY
BG
Y BG
WG
WG
YG
WU
NU
IL8 -1 -2 FT1 -2 -1-3EN8 -2 -1 -4
RG
OY
BG
OY
BW
BG
I
I
ENS7
ILS2
EN4-11
BG
BG
EN4-12
EN4-4
U OY
I
BGJBS20
BG
BG
BG
JB2-8
BG
BG
JBS45JB1-18
OY OY
JB1-17
JB2-7
OY
OY
EN4-10
U
I
CA5-4
CA10-18
JB1-14
RG
RG
I
CA5-6
CA10-13
CA5-5
CA10-19
OY
OY
I
APP1
-4-6 -1-5
APP2
PA1 -2 -3
YRBG
Y
JB2-6
JB2-5
JB1-8
JB1-7
RYI
I
ENS15
I
I
I
I
WJB1-6
WJB2-4
JB2-15JB1-12
JB2-13JB1-3
YBG
P Y R G
REN16-106
GEN16-080O
O
I
I
W W
JB170 -2 -1EN42 -2 -1EN61 -2 -1
21
RW G
UY
GU
O GU
OY
BG
BG
BG
O
O
E92
E91
EN998 -2 -1EN999 -2 -1
21
NG
NG
OY
OY
E86
E85
O
O
O
OJB1-29
JB1-10
OCA170-5
O
CA5-9
I
EN16-024
WGEN16-023
WG
CA75
-7-6CA10-20JB1-23 JBS4
GOEN16-008I
PA3 -1 -3
57II
GW
NR
JB2-1
CA170-15
GO GO GO GW GW
E94
12II
I
I
3
1
5
2
R11 4
E89
E90
ENS3
ENS2
ENS10
BRBR BR
BR
BGBGENS26
BG BGBG BG
ENS5
BRD
ENS47
BB B
B
B
B
B
P
P
HO2 SENSORSUPSTREAM
HO2 SENSORSDOWNSTREAM CKP
SENSORCMP
SENSORSKNOCK
SENSORMAF
SENSORECT
SENSOREOT
SENSORIP
SENSOREFT
SENSORMAP
SENSORFTP
SENSOR*
VIA INERTIA SWITCH
ENGINE CRANK
EMS CONTROL RELAY(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
GENERATOR: CHARGE
GENERATOR: FIELD
GENERATOR: LOAD
STARTER RELAY DRIVE
PARK; NEUTRAL
THROTTLE MOTORRELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
ENGINE CONTROLMODULE
(CONTINUED Fig. 03.2)
VVTSOLENOID VALVES
IMTSOLENOID VALVES(1 TOP; 2 BOTTOM)
EVAPCANISTER
PURGE VALVE
EVAPCANISTER
CLOSE VALVE*
CENTRALJUNCTIONFUSE BOX
NOTES:
* EVAP Canister Close Valve and Fuel TankPressure Sensor – NAS vehicles only.
Shielding shown as dashed lines are braidedwires.
BRAKEON / OFFSWITCH
TP SENSOR
THROTTLEMOTOR
THROTTLE BODY
APP SENSOR
2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 2 Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 2 Fig. 03.2
B
YREN16-047
YGEN16-048
WEN16-025
WUEN16-051
NEN16-027
BGEN16-034
WGEN16-033
UEN16-009
BGEN16-113
BOEN16-114
BGEN16-115
BWEN16-119
GWEN16-088
GUEN16-087
BOEN16-118
BWEN16-120
YGEN16-131
BGEN16-019
OYEN16-012
WUEN16-121
GREN16-063
YGEN16-132
GWEN16-062
GUEN16-061
GREN16-089
IL1 -1 -2 IL2 -1 -2 IL3 -1 -2 IL4 -1 -2 IL5 -1 -2 IL6 -1 -2
NW
GW
N GY
NR
GU
NU
GR
NG
GB
NY
GN
1 3 5 2 4 6
EN4-1
EN4-7
EN4-2
EN4-8
EN4-3
EN4-9
BG
BO
BG
BW
BW
BO
1
EN51 -4 -2 -3 -1
3
EN52 -4 -2 -3 -1
5
EN53 -4 -2 -3 -1
2
EN54 -4 -2 -3 -1
4
EN55 -4 -2 -3 -1
6
EN56 -4 -2 -3 -1
G8ALENS17 ENS16
GU
YG
B RW
GW
YG
B RW
GR
YG
B RW
GU
YG
B RW
GW
YG
B RW
GR
YG
B RW
JB106 -3 -2 -1 PA2 -1 -2
56II
U NR
PA4 -3 -1
38II
W RW
ENS7
JBS45
OY
OY
OY
ENS6
JB1-19
JBS20
JB1-18
JB1-17
BG
WU
BG
BG
WU
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
JB2-10
JB1-28
JB2-11
JB1-4
U WG
OY
BG
U
WG
I
I
RG
BG
RU
GU
JB1-37
O
RGEN30-2
B
G17AS
EN30-1
JB1-36
1κ Ω SW4-12.2κ Ω 510 Ω 300 Ω 180 Ω 120 Ω
YR
YGSW4-3SW5-2
SW5-4
YR
BSWS1
B
YR
YG
YR
YG
I
JB145-7
WG
WU
OG
OY
B
25
JB187-1
JB188-2
B
G11AS
I
O
O
GC2-A GC2-B
E87
R
G
O
O
GC1-B GC1-A
WUWUO
BG
E95
21
CA105-9
NG
CA105-1
N
CA105-10
R
CA105-3
Y
CA105-2
B
G35AS
I
O
O
FT2-2
N
N
58II
CA170-2JB1-27
CA105-7
WW
W
CA10-15JB145-1O
R
Y
O
I
JB129-13
JB1-25
JB129-14
JB1-24
IP34-6
IP34-8
B
ENS18
BBBBB
ENS19
RW
RWRWRWRWRWRW
CA5-8
CA5-7
E76
E75
E80
E79
E78
E77
5
2
R6
1
3
4
37II
RW
B
EN94 -1 -2
CA105-5
BRD
FT2-4
KB
B
W
BGEN16-133
BG
JB1-26
BGCA170-1
BG BGBRD
BRD
BRD BGCA105-4
PWM1-3
PWM1-2
NG
BG
2
4
6
1
3
5
B
P
P
B
B
FUEL INJECTORS IGNITION MODULES AND COILS
ENGINE CONTROLMODULE
(CONTINUED FROM Fig. 03.1)
NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 03.1.
ON RESUME SET + SET - OFFCANCEL
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH
RELAY
IGNITIONCAPACITOR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
AIR CONDITIONINGPRESSURE SENSOR
BRAKECANCELSWITCH
CLUTCHCANCEL
SWITCH*
* NOTE: Clutch Cancel Switch –Manual Transmission vehicles only.
AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH
LH COOLING FAN
RH COOLING FAN
COOLING FANMODULE
2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
FUEL PUMP
FUEL TANK
FUEL PUMPMODULE
FRONT OFENGINE
CYLINDER NUMBERING
FANS
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 1 Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 1 Fig. 03.3
EN65-043
EN65-006
EN65-063
EN65-036
RG
GU
GO
Y
ENS1 ENS22
G8AL G8AR
B
B
B
B
B
BBB
B
BB
EN65-091
EN65-064
EN65-102
EN65-078
EN65-052
EN65-048
EN65-075
EN65-005
EN65-004
EN65-019
EN65-018
RWEN65-096
GEN65-095
OYEN65-071
OYEN65-070
UYEN65-074
NEN65-027
WEN65-028
YEN65-079
UYEN65-080
BGEN65-003
OEN65-081
BWEN65-031
BWEN65-029
GWEN65-030
GOEN65-076
PEN65-025
YEN65-026
PEN65-050
YEN65-051
BREN65-055
RUEN65-104
RUEN65-077
EN65-088
G
EN65-089
Y
EN65-039
W
C
C
D
20.1
20.1
20.2
EN65-085
EN65-008
EN65-035
EN65-068
B
GO
U
OG
02.2
13II
I
I
O
I
I
02.2
02.2
02.2
02.2
I02.2
EN65-021
NR32
EN23 -1
EN37 EN32-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1
EN6 -1 -3 -2EN12-1
EN18 -2 -1-5-4
υ
2/11/1IATS
υ
EN25 -1 -2
υ
EN14 EN9-4 -3 -2-1 -4 -3 -2-1
λ
2/2
λ
1/2
U U
E81
E83
E82
E84
Y P RU
WG
Y P GO
WR
N W U WG
N W UY
WR
GW
BW
O BG
NEN65-054
UEN65-047
NEN65-053
GOEN65-103
UYEN65-046
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
OEN65-069
B O01.6
EN43-1
EN33-1
21
Y P O B G N W N
EN12-2
EN43-2
EN33-2
-2
NEN65-037
NEN65-087
GEN65-086
BGEN65-038
BEN65-060
OEN65-059
PEN65-061
YEN65-062
–
+
O
GU
ENS6
E93
I
I
EN87-2
EN87-1
EN88-1
OYEN65-011
BWEN65-001
UY
BG
Y BG
EN8 -2 -1 -4
OY
BW
BG
I
I
ENS7
BG
OY
I
ENS15
I
I
I
I
N R G
REN65-098
GEN65-097O
O
I
JB170 -2 -1EN42 -2 -1EN61 -2 -1
21
RW G
UY
GUBG
BG
O
O
E91
EN998 -2 -1EN999 -2 -1
21
NG
NG
OY
OY
E86
E85
O
O
OJB1-10
I
EN65-023
WGEN65-022
WG
CA75
-7-6CA10-20JB1-23 JBS4
GOEN65-034I
PA3 -1 -3
57II
GW
NR
JB196-1
CA170-15
GO GO GO GW GW
12II
I
I
E89
E90
ENS3
ENS2
ENS10
BRBR BR
BR BG BGBG BG
ENS5
BRD
ENS47
BB B
B
B
B
P
P
EN88-2
EN88-3
HO2 SENSORSUPSTREAM
HO2 SENSORSDOWNSTREAM CKP
SENSORCMP
SENSORSKNOCK
SENSORMAF
SENSORECT
SENSOREOT
SENSORMAP
SENSOR
VIA INERTIA SWITCH
ENGINE CRANK
EMS CONTROL RELAY(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
GENERATOR: CHARGE
GENERATOR: FIELD
GENERATOR: LOAD
STARTER RELAY DRIVE
PARK; NEUTRAL
ENGINE CONTROLMODULE
(CONTINUED Fig. 03.4)
VVTSOLENOID VALVES
IMTSOLENOID VALVES(1 TOP; 2 BOTTOM)
EVAPCANISTER
PURGE VALVE
CENTRALJUNCTIONFUSE BOX
NOTE:
Shielding shown as dashed linesare braided wires.
BRAKEON / OFFSWITCH
TP SENSOR IDLE SPEEDCONTROL VALVE
2.0L Vehicles
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B
GEN65-017
GUEN65-057
WUEN65-044
GREN65-099
BGEN65-020
WGEN65-084
UEN65-007
BGEN65-067
BOEN65-066
BGEN65-065
BWEN65-093
GWEN65-015
GUEN65-014
BOEN65-094
BWEN65-092
YGEN65-012
BGEN65-003
OYEN65-011
WUEN65-002
GREN65-042
YGEN65-013
GWEN65-041
GUEN65-040
GREN65-016
IL1 -1 -2 IL2 -1 -2 IL3 -1 -2 IL4 -1 -2 IL5 -1 -2 IL6 -1 -2
NW
GW
N GY
NR
GU
NU
GR
NG
GB
NY
GN
1 3 5 2 4 6
EN4-1
EN4-7
EN4-2
EN4-8
EN4-3
EN4-9
BG
BO
BG
BW
BW
BO
1
EN51 -4 -2 -3 -1
3
EN52 -4 -2 -3 -1
5
EN53 -4 -2 -3 -1
2
EN54 -4 -2 -3 -1
4
EN55 -4 -2 -3 -1
6
EN56 -4 -2 -3 -1
G8ALENS17 ENS16
GU
YG
B RW
GW
YG
B RW
GR
YG
B RW
GU
YG
B RW
GW
YG
B RW
GR
YG
B RW
JB106 -3 -2 -1PA2 -1 -2
56II
U NR
PA4 -3 -1
38II
W RW
ENS7
OY
OY
ENS6
JB1-19
JB1-18
JB1-17
BG
WU
BG
WU
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
JB196-10
JB1-28
JB196-3
JB1-4
OY
BG
U
WG
I
I
RG
BG
RU
GU
JB1-37
O
RGEN30-2
B
G17AS
EN30-1
JB1-36
1κ Ω SW4-12.2κ Ω 510 Ω 300 Ω 180 Ω 120 Ω
YR
YGSW4-3SW5-2
SW5-4
YR
BSWS1
B
I
JB145-7
WG
WU
OG
OY
B
25
JB187-1
JB188-2
B
G11AS
I
O
O
GC2-A GC2-B
E87
R
G
O
O
GC1-B GC1-A
WUWUO
BG
E95
21
G35AS
CA415-1
JB1-39
GO
B
O
JB129-13
JB161-A
JB129-14
JB161-B
IP34-6
IP34-8
B
ENS18
BBBBB
ENS19
RW
RWRWRWRWRWRW
CA170-1
E76
E75
E80
E79
E78
E77
5
2
R6
1
3
4
37II
RW
B
EN94 -1 -2
CA415-5
PWM1-3
PWM1-2
NG
2
4
6
1
3
5
P
B
B
GO
GR
OG
NG
3
59II
5
2
R11
1
3
4
JBS50
JBS51
U
WG
CA75
-7-6CA10-20JB1-23 JBS4
GOEN65-034I
PA3 -1 -3
57II
GW
NR
JB196-1
GO GO GO GW
GW
CA170-15
U
WG
GWEN65-056I
YR
YG
JB161-E
BJBS55
YR
YG
B
JB161-D
JB161-C
JB161-G
GO
UJB161-C
(AUTO)
I
I
I
I
I
I
B
O
O
JB161-K
JB161-J
JB161-H
JB161-F
G
GU
GW
GUE
94
JB145-6
JB1-38
JB1-14
B
G14AL
(MAN)
I
O
Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 2 Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 2 Fig. 03.4
FRONT OFENGINE
CYLINDER NUMBERING
FUEL INJECTORS IGNITION MODULES AND COILS
ENGINE CONTROLMODULE
(CONTINUED FROM Fig. 03.3)
NOTE: ECM power supplies and groundsshown on Fig. 03.3.
SPEED CONTROLCONTROL MODULE
ON RESUME SET + SET - CANCEL OFF
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
CENTRALJUNCTIONFUSE BOX
NOTE: JBS51 –Speed Controlvehicles only.
BRAKEON / OFFSWITCH
BRAKECANCELSWITCH
CLUTCHCANCEL
SWITCH*
AIR CONDITIONINGPRESSURE SENSOR
AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH
RELAY
* NOTE: Clutch Cancel Switch –Manual Transmission vehicles only.
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOXIGNITION
CAPACITOR
AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH
LH COOLING FAN
RH COOLING FAN
FANS
COOLING FANMODULE
FUEL PUMP
FUEL TANK
FUEL PUMPRELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
2.0L Vehicles
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Early Production Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Early Production Fig. 04.1
JB131-13
G
JB131-12
JB131-6
JB131-33
JB131-36
JB131-54
BB
BB
B
BR
D
ORY
GUNNNBWUWYGROGNBB
Y
G
WU
WU
UY
IP14-2
IP14-6
OY
B
B
JB131-34
Y
8
20.1
20.1
20.1
20.1
–
+
–
+
JB155-7
JB155-18
JB155-9
JB155-10
JB155-11
JB155-17
JB155-16
JB155-8
JB155-15
JB155-12
JB155-13
JB155-14
υ
JB155-2
JB155-1
JB155-4
JB155-3
JB155-6
JB155-5
BR
D
BR
D
B
JBS35
W
JB131-17
JB131-15
JB131-14
JB131-52
JB131-16
JB131-18
JB131-03
JB131-53
JB131-10
JB131-04
JB131-39
JB131-20
JB131-24
JB131-21
JB131-05
JB131-30
JB131-26
JB131-25
JB131-27
JB131-08
JB131-07
JB131-09
JB131-38
C
C
C
C
OYBWJB131-45
JB131-47
JB156-9
JB156-7
JB156-2
JB156-1
JB156-8
JB156-3
JB156-4
NJB156-10
JB156-6
IP14-5
BW
IP14-4
Y
IP14-10
G
IP14-9
Y
IP14-12
G
IP14-11
Y
C
C
C
C
–
+
–
+
IP14-1
WR
IPS68B
IP14-3
O
P
R
N
D
2
3
G37BL
OY
BW
JB129-10
JB130-6
JBS55
G14AL
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
BBB NNN
ORYGU W B
WUWYGROGNBB B
WUEN16-026
BGEN16-019
EN86 -1 -2 -3
ENS6
WU
WG
BG
I
E88
JB2-12
B GOW(NAS)
(ROW)
(NAS)
(ROW)
RW
U
PA5-1PA5-2 JB2-16
14II
BEN16-031I
JB145-5
GB GBEN85-02EN85-01
08.340II
WGEN16-033
PA4 -3 -1
38II
W RW
JB2-11JB1-4I WG
RIP18-4
UIP18-3
O
I
IP14-16
I
O
O
4
09.2
07.2
36II
20.1
20.1
20.1
20.1
JBS65
H
F40 15A
WU WR
B
NR
W 24II
17
B
JBS55
B
G15BLG15BR
PR
D
23
N
P
N
39II
02.1
A B C
G14AL
5
2
R8
1
3
4
B
B
B
P
P
B
B
TCM RELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVES
SHIFTSOLENOIDS
PRESSURE CONTROLSOLENOIDS
(DUTY CYCLE)TIMING
SOLENOIDS
TCC
LIN
E
2 / 4
BR
AK
E
LOW
CLU
TCH
RED
UC
TIO
N
2 / 4
BR
AK
E
FLUIDTEMPERATURE
SENSORTURBINE
SPEED SENSORINTERMEDIATESPEED SENSOR
OUTPUTSPEED SENSOR
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
ECM: STARTERCIRCUIT
ENGINE CONTROLMODULE
NOTE: ECM power supplies andgrounds shown on Fig. 03.1. OUTPUT SPEED
SENSORCLUTCH CANCEL
SWITCH
CLUTCH PEDALSAFETY SWITCH
REVERSE LAMPSWITCH
REVERSE LAMPS
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
MODE SWITCH
D – 4SWITCH
NOT-IN-PARKSWITCH
GEARSHIFTINTERLOCKSOLENOID
J GATE ASSEMBLY
GECM:KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING
KEY LOCKSOLENOID
IGNITION SWITCH
CAN MESSAGES:• GEAR SELECTOR POSITIONS• BRAKE ON / OFF
GEAR SELECTORILLUMINATION
2.5L & 3.0L VehiclesEarly Production Vehicles
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded Data November 2002
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
JB131-13
G
JB131-12
JB131-6
JB131-33
JB131-36
JB131-54
BB
BR
D
ORY
GU
N
N
NBWUWYGROGNBB
Y
G
WU
WU
UY
IP14-2
IP14-6
OY
B
B
JB131-34
Y
8
20.1
20.1
20.1
20.1
–
+
–
+
JB155-7
JB155-18
JB155-9
JB155-10
JB155-11
JB155-17
JB155-16
JB155-8
JB155-15
JB155-12
JB155-13
JB155-14
υ
JB155-2
JB155-1
JB155-4
JB155-3
JB155-6
JB155-5
BR
D
BR
D
W
JB131-17
JB131-15
JB131-14
JB131-52
JB131-16
JB131-18
JB131-03
JB131-53
JB131-10
JB131-04
JB131-39
JB131-20
JB131-24
JB131-21
JB131-05
JB131-30
JB131-26
JB131-25
JB131-27
JB131-08
JB131-07
JB131-09
JB131-38
C
C
C
C
OYBWJB131-45
JB131-47
JB156-9
JB156-7
JB156-2
JB156-1
JB156-8
JB156-3
JB156-4
NJB156-10
JB156-6
IP14-5
BW
IP14-4
Y
IP14-10
G
IP14-9
Y
IP14-12
G
IP14-11
Y
C
C
C
C
–
+
–
+
IP14-1
WR
IPS68B
IP14-3
O
P
R
N
D
2
3
G37BL
OY
BW
JB129-10
JB130-6
JBS55
G14AL
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
YOU NNN
ORYGU W B
WUWYGROGN B
JB2-12
B GOW(NAS)
(ROW)
(NAS)
(ROW)
RW
U
PA5-1PA5-2 JB2-16
14II
BEN16-031I
JB145-5
GB GBEN85-02EN85-01
08.340II
WGEN16-033
PA4 -3 -1
38II
W RW
JB2-11JB1-4I WG
RIP18-4
UIP18-3
O
I
IP14-16
I
O
O
4
09.2
07.2
36II
20.1
20.1
20.1
20.1
JBS65
F40 15A
WU WR
B
NR
W 24II
17
BJBS55
B
G15BLG15BR
PR
D
23
N
P
N
39II
02.1
A B C
G14AL
5
2
R8
1
3
4
B
B
B
P
P
B
B
UJB131-44
OJB131-46
YJB131-42
02.2
JB196-6
B GOJB196-4
14II
BEN65-085I
JB145-5
U
(2.5L, 3.0L)
(2.0L)
WGEN65-084
JB196-3JB1-4I WG
(2.5 L, 3.0L)
(2.0 L)
Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Later Production Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Later Production Fig. 04.2
TCM RELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (VIN C72268 D15361)
TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVES
SHIFTSOLENOIDS
PRESSURE CONTROLSOLENOIDS
(DUTY CYCLE)TIMING
SOLENOIDS
TCC
LIN
E
2 / 4
BR
AK
E
LOW
CLU
TCH
RED
UC
TIO
N
2 / 4
BR
AK
E
FLUIDTEMPERATURE
SENSORTURBINE
SPEED SENSORINTERMEDIATESPEED SENSOR
OUTPUTSPEED SENSOR
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
ECM: STARTERCIRCUIT
ENGINE CONTROLMODULE
NOTE: ECM power supplies andgrounds shown on Fig. 03.1 or Fig. 03.3.
CLUTCH CANCELSWITCH
CLUTCH PEDALSAFETY SWITCH
REVERSE LAMPSWITCH
REVERSE LAMPS
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (VIN C43293 )
MODE SWITCH
D – 4SWITCH
NOT-IN-PARKSWITCH
GEARSHIFTINTERLOCKSOLENOID
J GATE ASSEMBLY
GECM:KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING
KEY LOCKSOLENOID
IGNITION SWITCH
CAN MESSAGES:• GEAR SELECTOR POSITIONS• BRAKE ON / OFF
GEAR SELECTORILLUMINATION
All Vehicles (Later Production)Later Production Vehicles
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded Data November 2002
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Later Production VIN D15361 Automatic and Manual Transmissions:Later Production VIN D15361 Fig. 04.3
JB131-33
G
JB131-12
JB131-6
JB131-33
JB131-36
JB131-34
BB
BR
D
ORY
GU
N
N
NBWUWYGROGNBB
Y
G
WU
WU
UY
IP14-2
IP14-6
OY
B
B
JB131-34
Y
8
20.1
20.1
20.1
20.1
–
+
–
+
JB155-7
JB155-18
JB155-9
JB155-10
JB155-11
JB155-17
JB155-16
JB155-8
JB155-15
JB155-12
JB155-13
JB155-14
υ
JB155-2
JB155-1
JB155-4
JB155-3
JB155-6
JB155-5
BR
D
BR
D
W
JB131-17
JB131-15
JB131-14
JB131-52
JB131-16
JB131-18
JB131-03
JB131-53
JB131-10
JB131-04
JB131-39
JB131-20
JB131-24
JB131-21
JB131-05
JB131-30
JB131-26
JB131-25
JB131-27
JB131-08
JB131-07
JB131-09
JB131-38
C
C
C
C
OYBWJB131-45
JB131-47
JB156-9
JB156-7
JB156-2
JB156-1
JB156-8
JB156-3
JB156-4
NJB156-10
JB156-6
IP14-5
BW
IP14-4
Y
IP14-10
G
IP14-9
Y
IP14-12
G
IP14-11
Y
C
C
C
C
–
+
–
+
IP14-1
WR
IPS68B
IP14-3
O
P
R
N
D
2
3
G37BL
OY
BW
JB129-10
JB130-6
JBS55
G14AL
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
YOU NNN
ORYGU W B
WUWYGROGN B
JB2-12
B GOW(NAS)
(ROW)
(NAS)
(ROW)
RW
U
PA5-1PA5-2 JB2-16
14II
BEN16-031I
JB145-5
GB GBEN85-02EN85-01
08.340II
WGEN16-033
PA4 -3 -1
38II
W RW
JB2-11JB1-4I WG
RIP18-4
UIP18-3
O
I
IP14-16
I
O
O
4
09.2
07.2
36II
20.1
20.1
20.1
20.1
JBS65
F40 15A
WU WR
B
NR
W 24II
17
BJBS55
B
G15BLG15BR
PR
D
23
N
P
N
39II
02.1
A B C
G14AL
5
2
R8
1
3
4
B
B
B
P
P
B
B
UJB131-44
OJB131-46
YJB131-42
02.2
JB196-6
B GOJB196-4
14II
BEN65-085I
JB145-5
U
(2.5L, 3.0L)
(2.0L)
WGEN65-084
JB196-3JB1-4I WG
(2.5 L, 3.0L)
(2.0 L)
IP14-14
IP14-15
O
R
JBS72
JBS71
O R
JB129-22
JB129-20
O
O
P
TCM RELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (VIN D15361 )
TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE
SHIFTSOLENOIDS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVES
PRESSURE CONTROLSOLENOIDS
(DUTY CYCLE)TIMING
SOLENOIDS
TCC
LIN
E
2 / 4
BR
AK
E
LOW
CLU
TCH
RED
UC
TIO
N
2 / 4
BR
AK
E
FLUIDTEMPERATURE
SENSORTURBINE
SPEED SENSORINTERMEDIATESPEED SENSOR
OUTPUTSPEED SENSOR
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR (VIN D15361 )
ECM: STARTERCIRCUIT
ENGINE CONTROLMODULE
NOTE: ECM power supplies andgrounds shown on Fig. 03.1 or Fig. 03.3.
CLUTCH CANCELSWITCH
CLUTCH PEDALSAFETY SWITCH
REVERSE LAMPSWITCH
REVERSE LAMPS
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (VIN C43293 )
MODE SWITCH
D – 4SWITCH
NOT-IN-PARKSWITCH
GEARSHIFTINTERLOCKSOLENOID
J GATE ASSEMBLY (VIN D15361 )
SECONDGEAR
THIRDGEAR
GECM:KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING
KEY LOCKSOLENOID
IGNITION SWITCH
CAN MESSAGES:• GEAR SELECTOR POSITIONS• BRAKE ON / OFF
GEAR SELECTORILLUMINATION
All Vehicles (Later Production)VIN D15361
NOTE: Transmission Range Sensor positions 2 and 3 inoperative.Gear selection on “manual side” of J-Gate transmitted to TCMvia D – 4 Switch and 2nd and 3rd gear outputs from the J-Gate Module.
Range Sensor 2nd (R) and 3rd (O) gear circuits to splices JBS71 andJBS72 will be deleted in a future production running change.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Anti-Lock Braking Anti-Lock Braking Fig. 05.1
CA75
-7-6CA10-20JBS4
PA3-1
57II
GW NR
JB2-1
CA170-15
GW
GW
GO GO GW
21II 16
GO W NR R S
VPU-1
VPU-2
G14AL
B
VM2-1
VM1-1
VM1-5
VM2-2
VM3-1
VM3-2
B
JB45-6
RJB45-2
R
GW
Y
G
20.1
20.1
15
LF1-2
RF1-2
W N W R
CA55-2
CA60-2
CA55-1
CA60-1
JB15-1
CA10-16
JB15-2
CA10-17
LF1-1
RF1-1
WU GB WG NG
G18AL
JB45-23
JB45-24
JB45-40
C
C
JB45-12
JB45-28
JB45-16
JB45-15
JB45-14
JB45-13
JB45-31
JB45-30
JB45-32
WNWRNRWUGBWGNGGO
RJBS27
19II
JB45-05 B
JB45-01 B
G18AR
I
PA3-3
JB133-1
CA170-6
JB133-2
CA170-7
I
I
I
I
CAN
VP1-2
VP1-1
R S
B B
JBS66
B
RJB195-1
JB195-2
H H H H
B
B
B
P
P
LH FRONTWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH FRONTWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
LH REARWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH REARWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
DRIVER WARNINGS;VEHICLE SPEED;
ENGINE TORQUE REDUCTION
CAPACITOR
ANTI-LOCK BRAKINGCONTROL MODULE
PRESSUREPUMP
CONTROLVALVES
CENTRAL JUNCTIONFUSE BOX
VACUUMPUMP
Activates Vacuum Pump ifIntake Manifold vacuum
falls to 0.450 bar (13.29 in. hg);switches pump off at 0.650 bar (19.20 in. hg).
VACUUM MODULE *BRAKE
ON / OFF SWITCH
2.5L & 3.0L ABS Vehicles
* NOTE: Vacuum Module, Vacuum Pump and circuit –early production vehicles only.
MOTOR
SOLENOIDS
MOTOR
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
CA75
-7-6CA10-20JBS4
PA3-1
57II
GW NR
JB2-1 (2.5, 3.0 L)JB196-1 (2.0 L)
CA170-15
GW
GW
GO GO GW
21II 16
GO W NR R S
VPU-1
VPU-2
B
VM2-1
VM1-1
VM1-5
VM2-2
VM3-1
VM3-2
B
JB185-6
RJB185-2
R
GW
Y
G
20.1
20.1
15
BBJB185-27IP29-2IP29-5 JB130-7
B
LF1-2
RF1-2
W N W R
CA55-2
CA60-2
CA55-1
CA60-1
JB15-1
CA10-16
JB15-2
CA10-17
LF1-1
RF1-1
WU GB WG NG
JB89-2
JB89-3
JB89-1
WG GB B
IP20-1
IP20-4
IP20-3
GWY
IP19-3
IP19-1
IP19-2
YB***
GW
JB129-9
JB129-16
I
JB185-23
JB185-24
JB185-40
C
C
JB185-21
JB185-39
JB185-26
JB185-42
JB185-25
JB185-12
JB185-28
JB185-16
JB185-15
JB185-14
JB185-13
JB185-31
JB185-30
JB185-32
B*** UGWWGGBBWNWRNRWUGBWGNGGO
RJBS68
19II
IPS68
B
G37BL
IP20-2
G
IP19-4
G
B***GW
IPS7
IPS6
20.1
20.1
20.1
20.1
C C C C
CAN
I
JB185-05 B
JB185-01 B
I
PA3-3
JB133-1
CA170-6
JB133-2
CA170-7
I
I
I
I
VP1-2
VP1-1
R S
G14AL
B
G18ALG18AR
B B
JBS67
B
RJB195-1
JB195-2
H H H H
P
P
B
B
B
U
U
CA55-2
CA60-2
CA55-1
CA60-1
CA10-16
CA10-17
WU GB WG NG
CA170-6
CA170-7
H H
LR1-2
R W R W
LR1-1
RR1-2
RR1-1
B***U
Dynamic Stability Control Dynamic Stability Control Fig. 05.2
YAW RATESENSOR
STEERING ANGLESENSOR
BRAKE PRESSURESENSOR
LH FRONTWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH FRONTWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
LH REARWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH REARWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
YAW RATE
STEERING ANGLE
DRIVER WARNINGS;VEHICLE SPEED;
ENGINE TORQUE REDUCTION
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROLSWITCH
CAPACITOR **
MOTOR
SOLENOIDS
MOTOR
DYNAMICSTABILITY CONTROLCONTROL MODULE
PRESSUREPUMP
CONTROLVALVES
CENTRAL JUNCTIONFUSE BOX
VACUUMPUMP
Activates Vacuum Pump ifIntake Manifold vacuum
falls to 0.450 bar (13.29 in. hg);switches pump off at 0.650 bar (19.20 in. hg).
VACUUM MODULE *BRAKE ON / OFF
SWITCH
DSC Vehicles
* NOTE: Vacuum Module, Vacuum Pump and circuit –2.0L vehicles and early production 2.5L and 3.0L vehicles only.
** NOTE: Capacitor and circuit –early production vehicles only.
*** NOTE: B – early production vehicles.
LH REARWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH REARWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
2.0L VEHICLES
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control Fig. 05.3
CA75
-7-6CA10-20JBS4
PA3-1
57II
GW NR
JB196-1
CA170-15
GW
GW
GO GO GW
21II 16
GO W NR R S
VPU-1
VPU-2
G14AL
B
VM2-1
VM1-1
VM1-5
VM2-2
VM3-1
VM3-2
B
JB197-6
RJB197-2
R
GW
Y
G
20.1
20.1
15
LF1-2
RF1-2
W N W R
CA55-2
CA60-2
CA55-1
CA60-1
JB15-1
CA10-16
JB15-2
CA10-17
LF1-1
RF1-1
WU GB WG NG
G18AL
JB197-23
JB197-24
JB197-40
C
C
JB197-12
JB197-28
JB197-16
JB197-15
JB197-14
JB197-13
JB197-31
JB197-30
JB197-32
WNWRNRWUGBWGNGGO
RJBS69
19II
JB197-05 B
JB197-01 B
G18AR
I
PA3-3
JB133-1
CA170-6
JB133-2
CA170-7
I
I
I
I
CAN
VP1-2
VP1-1
R S
B B
JBS70
B
RJB195-1
JB195-2
H H H H
B
B
B
P
P
BBJB197-27IP29-2IP29-5 JB130-7
B IIPS68
B
G37BL
R W R W
LR1-2
RR1-2
LR1-1
RR1-1
LH FRONTWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH FRONTWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
LH REARWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH REARWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
DRIVER WARNINGS;VEHICLE SPEED;
ENGINE TORQUE REDUCTION
TRACTION CONTROLSWITCH
CAPACITOR
MOTOR
SOLENOIDS
MOTOR
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING /TRACTION CONTROLCONTROL MODULE
PRESSUREPUMP
CONTROLVALVES
CENTRAL JUNCTIONFUSE BOX
VACUUMPUMP
Activates Vacuum Pump ifIntake Manifold vacuum
falls to 0.450 bar (13.29 in. hg);switches pump off at 0.650 bar (19.20 in. hg).
VACUUM MODULEBRAKE
ON / OFF SWITCH
2.0L ABS/TC Vehicles
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Manual Climate Control System; Glass Heaters Manual Climate Control System; Glass Heaters Fig. 06.1
B
G14BL
IP101-22
Y
AC1-15
IP101-9
IP101-14
IP101-10
IP101-1
IP101-2
IP39-03
BB
BW
BW
BGBOBKBR
RGOYROGRUORGOGUGRGBUGWGBUY
G
Y
WR
OY
U
FLS1B
G15AR
ZA10-1ZA1-1
AC6-2
AC6-1
AC5-1
AC5-2
AC4-1
AC4-6
AC4-3
AC4-4
AC4-5
AC3-1
AC3-6
AC3-3
AC3-4
AC3-5
AC2-1
AC2-6
AC2-3
AC2-4
AC2-5
62
B64
32II
IP101-23
G
IP101-20
O
C
C
C
C
AC1-16
AC1-14
AC1-04
AC1-05
AC1-21
AC1-06
AC1-20
AC1-07
AC1-13
AC1-23
AC1-08
AC1-22
AC1-09
AC1-26
AC1-25
IP135-01
IP101-07
IP101-04
IP101-03
AC7-2
AC7-4
AC7-4
AC7-2
υ
B
YWRWWBAC1-10
AC1-24
AC1-11
AC1-12
A/CCM
20.1
20.1
20.1
20.1
υ
ACS2
I
I
(LHD)
(RHD)
UGWGBUY B RGOYROGRUORGOGUGRGB YWRWWB
C1C4 C3 C2 C1C4 C3 C2 C1C4 C3 C2
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
G37BR
O
I
09.2
O
O
OY
WR
12
-ve BUSIP2-16
IP3-2
JB96-2JB96-1
JB95-2JB95-1
FR4-10FR4-9
FL5-10FL5-9
2
1 OY
OY
F13 30AJB35-21 JB35-22
F15 30AJB35-25 JB35-26
R
R
R
JBS28
GU
GW
B
JB130-21
10CA77-2
11IP2-13
B
F98 10A CA76-1
GU
GO
GUCA127-1
GU
CAS84
CA15-17
CA20-17
GO GO
GO GOCAS10
B B BCA15-2
FRS1B
G4AL
B BCA20-2
G3BS
B
G14BR
B
34II
IP39-04O
IP39-02O
IP39-06O
IP101-15
B
G36AR
IP135-2
GBIP39-01O
IP58-1
IP58-2
GB GB
5 4 3 2 16
IP121-2 IP121-5 IP121-6 IP121-4 IP121-3 IP121-1
IPS37
IPS55
BW
5
1
3
2
R204 3
1
5
2
R2
5
2
3
1
R194
B
B
B
I
P
P
DISCHARGETEMPERATURE
SENSOR
EVAPORATORTEMPERATURE
SENSORFRESH / RECIRCULATION
FLAP ACTUATOR
DEFROST DOORACTUATOR
STEPPER COILS
PANEL / FLOORACTUATOR
STEPPER COILS
AIR TEMPERATURE BLENDACTUATOR
STEPPER COILS
NOTE: The A/CCM incorporates the control panelfor the Climate Control System.
CONTROL PANELILLUMINATION
BLOWER
AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONINGBLOWER
RELAY
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
BLOWER
BLOWER SERIES RESISTOR
HEATEDREAR WINDOW
RELAY
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
WINDSHIELD HEATERRELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
+veWAVE TRAP
LH DOOR MIRROR
RH DOOR MIRROR
HEATED REAR WINDOW
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
NOTES:Refer to Fig. 03.2 or 03.4 for A/C Compressor Clutch and Cooling Fan circuits.Check market specification for fitment of Heated Windshield.
Manual Climate Control Vehicles
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B
G14BL
IP101-22
Y
AC1-15
IP101-9
IP101-14
IP101-10
IP101-1
IP101-2
IP101-05
BB
BWB
W
BBBWBW
RGOYROGRUORGOGUGRGBUGWGBUY
G
Y
WR
OY
U
FLS1B
G15ALG15AR**
ZA10-1ZA1-1
B
OY
B
IP134-2 (LHD)IP134-1 (RHD)
IP38-1
IP38-2
AC6-2
AC6-1
IP66-2
IP66-1
AC5-1
AC5-2
JB105-2
JB105-1
AC4-1
AC4-6
AC4-3
AC4-4
AC4-5
AC3-1
AC3-6
AC3-3
AC3-4
AC3-5
AC2-1
AC2-6
AC2-3
AC2-4
AC2-5
62
B64
32II
IP101-23
G
IP101-20
O
C
C
C
C
AC1-16
AC1-14
AC1-04
AC1-05
AC1-21
AC1-06
AC1-20
AC1-07
AC1-13
AC1-23
AC1-08
AC1-22
AC1-09
AC1-26
AC1-25
IP101-16
IP101-17
IP101-18
IP101-19
IP101-21
IP101-06
IP101-07
IP101-04
IP101-03
AC7-2
AC7-4
AC7-4
AC7-2
υυ
IP66-3
IP66-4
υ
B
YWRWWBAC1-10
AC1-24
AC1-11
AC1-12
IP101-15
20.1
20.1
20.1
20.1
υ
ACS2
I
I
(LHD)
(RHD)
UGWGBUY B RGOYROGRUORGOGUGRGB YWRWWB
C1C4 C3 C2 C1C4 C3 C2 C1C4 C3 C2
IPS27
33II
WR
JB3-9
JB3-10
I
I
I
O
B
B
B
WBW
B
B B B B
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
IP134-6 (LHD)IP134-4 (RHD)
IP134-3 (LHD)IP134-5 (RHD)
IP134-1 (LHD)IP134-2 (RHD)
B+
G36AR
G37BR
BW
O
O
I
09.2
O
O
OY
W
12
-ve BUSIP2-16
IP3-2
JB96-2JB96-1
JB95-2JB95-1
FR4-10FR4-9
FL5-10FL5-9
2
1 OY
OY
F13 30AJB35-21 JB35-22
F15 30AJB35-25 JB35-26
R
R
R
JBS28
GU
GW
B
JB130-21
10CA77-2
11IP2-13
B
F98 10A CA76-1
GU
GO
GUCA127-1
GU
CAS84
CA15-17
CA20-17
GO GO
GO GOCAS10
B B BCA15-2
FRS1B
G4AL
B BCA20-2
G3BS
B
G14BR
B
5
1
3
2
R204
3
1
5
2
R2
5
2
3
1
R194
B
B
B
I
P
67II
Automatic Climate Control System; Glass Heaters Automatic Climate Control System; Glass Heaters Fig. 06.2
DISCHARGETEMPERATURE
SENSOR
EVAPORATORTEMPERATURE
SENSORFRESH / RECIRCULATION
FLAP ACTUATOR
DEFROST DOORACTUATOR
STEPPER COILS
PANEL / FLOORACTUATOR
STEPPER COILS
AIR TEMPERATURE BLENDACTUATOR
STEPPER COILS
IN-CARTEMPERATURE
SENSORSOLAR
SENSOR
AMBIENTTEMPERATURE
SENSOR
NOTE:
Vehicles without Navigation “Touch Screen” – the A/CCMincorporates the Control Panel for the Climate Control System.
Vehicles with Navigation “Touch Screen” – The A/CCM is remotelymounted on the Climate Control Unit. Driver control inputs arereceived via Network communication.
CONTROL PANELILLUMINATION *
AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONINGBLOWER
RELAY
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CONTROL
SENSE
BLOWER
HEATEDREAR WINDOW
RELAY
WINDSHIELD HEATERRELAY
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
+veWAVE TRAP
LH DOOR MIRROR
RH DOOR MIRROR
HEATED REAR WINDOW
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
Automatic Climate Control Vehicles
NOTES:Refer to Fig. 03.2 or Fig. 03.4 for A/C Compressor Clutch and Cooling Fan circuits.Check market specification for fitment of Heated Windshield.
* NOTE: Control Panel Illumination circuit –not used on “Touch Screen” vehicles.
NOTE: 33 – earlyproduction vehicles.
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Instrument Cluster Instrument Cluster Fig. 07.1
IP10-9
IP10-8
U
Y20.2
20.2
IP10-22
IP10-23
S
S
B
WB
JB129-4
IP11-7O
JB129-3
G37AL(G36BL)
B
IP11-13YU
IP11-11GR
IP10-10
U
IP11-17
OY
61
3I
15II
G
Y20.1
20.1
IP10-17
IP10-18
C
C
IP11-8
I
I
IP11-19
U
IP11-21
O
I
I
IP10-1
GB
IP10-20
WU
I
I
IP10-19
U
IP11-15
OG
I
I
17.1
09.2
08.1
08.1
08.1
08.108.4
IP10-7
IP10-15
WU
B
IP10-12
B
IP10-11
IP11-5
B
BEN19-1
P
B
IP72-1
FT2-1
FT2-3FE 160Ω20Ω
B
FT3-1
FT3-3FE 160Ω20Ω
B
WB
WU
JB103-2JB103-1
B
G10AL
G14AL
JB70-2JB70-1
B
BJB1-16
I
I
I
I
I
I
JB129-1
CA1-14
CA1-13
CA169-1
BJBS54
JBS55
B
BB
B
B
CA5-1
CA5-2
CA5-11
CA5-3
IP10-16
BIIP53-7
IP10-25
W
IP53-10
B
B
WB
WU
IP80-5
IP80-6
IP10-24
YO
G36BL
BRIPS69
B
A / B
MLS / KM
SCP
U
Y20.2
20.2
IP5-19
IP5-18
S
S
OIP6-18
OIP74-22
OIP165-25
RIP165-26
I
I
17.1
17.1
08.7
08.208.3
08.3
08.4 08.3
08.2
08.2
08.2
08.5
08.5
D
D
08.6
08.6
B
B
B
P
2.0 L
WB
B
CA415-2
CA415-4FE 160Ω20Ω
B
2.5, 3.0 L
2.0 L
2.5, 3.0 L
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH
RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
(CIRCUITS CONTINUED)
DIMMER MODULE
REAR EXTERIOR LIGHTING:REVERSE LAMPS STATUS
ADVANCED RESTRAINT SYSTEM:AIRBAG WARNING
FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING:MAIN BEAM STATUS
FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING:DIP BEAM STATUS
FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING:FRONT FOG LAMPS STATUS
EXTERIOR LIGHTING:SIDE LAMPS STATUS
REAR EXTERIOR LIGHTING:REAR FOG LAMPS STATUS
INSTRUMENT CLUSTERILLUMINATION
AIRBAG WARNING LAMP
MAIN BEAM INDICATOR
FRONT FOG LAMPS INDICATOR
REAR FOG LAMPS INDICATOR
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
OIL PRESSURESWITCH
WASHER FLUIDLEVEL SWITCH
BRAKE FLUIDLEVEL SWITCH
PARKING BRAKESWITCH
TRIP COMPUTERCYCLE SWITCH
TURN SIGNALSWITCH
RESET
MASTER LIGHTINGSWITCH
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 1
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2
All Vehicles
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (2.0L)
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Audible Warnings Audible Warnings Fig. 07.2
U
Y20.2
20.2
IP10-22
IP10-23
S
S
SCPU
Y20.2
20.2
IP5-19
IP5-18
S
S
OIP6-18
OIP74-22
OIP165-25
RIP165-26
I
I
17.1
17.1
23 OJB172-5
IP6-1
B
G5AS(G5AR)
CA86-5
B
G4AL
R
IP18-5
IP18-4
I
II
III
4
BIP6-8
I
IP14-2
BIP14-4
YIPS68
B
G37BL
IIP6-22
BFL9-1FL9-2
B R RCA15-20 CA1-7
IIP6-22
BFR9-1FR9-2
B R RCA20-20 CA1-5
G4AL
BFRS1
B BCA20-2
CAS10B
G15AR
BFLS1
B BCA15-2
LHD
RHD
IIP6-15
O
P
B
I
KEY-IN
IGNITION SWITCH
NOT-IN-PARKSWITCH
J GATE ASSEMBLY
DOOR AJARSWITCH
LH FRONT DOORLATCH ASSEMBLY
DOOR AJARSWITCH
RH FRONT DOORLATCH ASSEMBLY
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH
RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE
AUDIBLEWARNINGCONTROL
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
HEADLAMPS ON
AUDIBLE WARNINGS:• Seat Belt• Airbag• Ignition Key-in• Not-in-Park• Headlamps on• Delay Entry (combined Alarm state and Driver Door Ajar status)
NOTE: Refer to Figs. 08.1 – 08.5 for Turn Signal audible warning.
All Vehicles
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Exterior Lighting: Front – Autolamps Exterior Lighting: Front – Autolamps Fig. 08.1
IP6-13 IPS16
IP6-9
GU
U
GB
GB
GWIP2-2
JBS10
OG
G
IP17-13
IP17-8
GB
R
IPS56
IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)
B
19
IP17-6
BB
G37BL(G36BL)
IP17-15
IP17-14
G
IP17-7
OY
IP17-5
RIP17-4
RIP17-11
GW
F85 7.5A
IP17-12
U
33
-ve BUS
F86 7.5A
F87 15A
IP4-13
U
Y20.2
20.2
IP5-19
IP5-18
S
S O
23 OJB172-5
IP53-6
IP53-2
BWIP53-8
BGIP53-1
BGIP53-3
BIP53-5
BRIP53-7
OYIP53-4
IPS65
G36AL(G5AR)
B
G37BL(G36BL)
I
I
I
I
O
JB172-4
IP6-11
OYO
JB172-3
IP6-17
OOIP6-19
IP6-1
IP5-22
B
BOIP51-4
IIP6-23
BIP51-5
U07.1
GO
GW
JB51-12
JB51-16
14
22II
GU
GUJBS36
OY
GO
F16 20A
F17 20A
OY
GWW
GO
GBRC5-5
GCA36-3 CA1-18
RC5-4 CA36-15 CA1-17
GB
G
GB
GI
O
U07.1
IP2-10
F63 7.5A
F64 7.5A
F97 7.5A
JB51-6
CA78-4IP4-4
IP2-9
CA78-16
JB51-7
CA76-7
IP1-3
OY
OG
OY
OG07.1
G5AS(G5AR)
CA86-5
B
G4AL
JB129-21
GW
OY
OY
JBS37JB129-17
GWJBS9
GW
GW
OY07.1
IPS47
OYIP17-3
JB132-1 JB132-2
FB2-1 FB2-2
JB84-9
JB84-7
JB84-5
JB84-10JB84-1
FB1-1 FB1-2
FB3-1 FB3-2
JB98-1 JB98-2
FB4-1 FB4-2
JB85-9
JB85-7
JB85-5
JB85-1 JB85-10
GW
GW
JB171-2
JB171-3
GO
GB
IP25-1 IP25-2
OY
OY
JBS17OY
JB171-1
OY
G11AR
B
G11AL
B
G14AL
B
G10AR
B
JBS55B
G10AL
BJBS54
B
BJB171-4
B
BJB171-6
B
BJB171-8
B
G5AS(G37BL)
BOY
O
OG
O
OG
GW
JBS11
JBS16 JB171-5
OGJB171-7
BJBS56
B08.7
JB84-5 JB84-8
G32AS
B
OY
JB84-9
JB84-7
JB84-10JB84-1
G11AL
B
JB85-5 JB85-8
G33AS
B
JB85-9
JB85-7
JB85-10JB85-1
G10AR
B
SCP
4R15
1
5
2
3
3
1
5
2
R9 4
IP5-3
B
IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)
B
GBJB129-15
IPS66 (LHD)IPS68 (RHD)
B
B
P
CA416-1
W
CA416-2
BRD
W
BRDCA417-1
CA417-2
I
I
MAIN BEAM STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
LIGHTING MESSAGES
FLASH
MAIN BEAM
LH TURN
RH TURN
TURN SIGNALAUDIBLE WARNING
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
HAZARD SWITCH
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
SIDE LAMPS STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
FRONT FOG STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
DIP BEAM STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
REAR FOG LAMPS
FRONT FOG LAMPS
SIDE LAMPS
AUTOLAMPS
AUTO (SENSOR)
DIP BEAM
MASTER LIGHTINGSWITCH
AUTOLAMPSSENSOR
LIGHTING
LIGHTINGCONTROL
REMOTEHEADLAMPS
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOGRELAY
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
NOTE: JBS17 – Side Marker only.
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
NOTE: JBS16 – Side Marker only.
DIP BEAMRELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
LH TURN REPEATER
LH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
NOTE: JBS10 – Repeater only.
TURN
SIDE
DIP
MAIN
LH HEADLAMP UNIT
LH FRONTFOG LAMP
RH FRONTFOG LAMP
GLOVE BOX LAMPNOTE: JBS11 – Repeater only.
RH TURN REPEATER
RH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
TURN
SIDE
DIP
MAIN
RH HEADLAMP UNIT
TURN
SIDE
MAIN
BALLAST
DIP
LH HEADLAMP UNIT(HID VARIANT) *
* NOTE: HID variant – V supplycircuit for all lamps unchanged.
TURN
SIDE
MAIN
BALLAST
DIP
RH HEADLAMP UNIT(HID VARIANT) *
Autolamp Vehicles
EXTERNAL ANTENNA(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
REMOTEHEADLAMPS
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Exterior Lighting: Front – Non Autolamps; Daytime Running Lamps Exterior Lighting: Front –Non Autolamps; Daytime Running Lamps Fig. 08.2
IP6-13 IPS16
IP6-9
GU
U
GB
GB
GWIP2-2
JBS10
OG
G
IP17-13
IP17-8
GB
R
B
19
IP17-6
IP17-15
IP17-7
OY
IP17-5
RIP17-4
RIP17-11
GW
F85 7.5A
IP17-12
U
33
-ve BUS
F86 7.5A
F87 15A
IP4-13
U
Y20.2
20.2
IP5-19
IP5-18
S
S O
23 OJB172-5
IP53-6
IP53-2
BWIP53-8
BGIP53-1
BGIP53-3
BIP53-5
BRIP53-7
OYIP53-4
I
I
I
I
O
JB172-4
IP6-11
OYO
JB172-3
IP6-17
OOIP6-19
IP6-1
IP5-22
B
BOIP51-4
IIP6-23
BIP51-5
U07.1
GO
GW
JB51-12
JB51-16
14
22II
GU
GUJBS36
OY
GO
F16 20A
F17 20A
OY
GWW
GO
U07.1
IP2-10
F63 7.5A
F64 7.5A
F97 7.5A
JB51-6
CA78-4IP4-4
IP2-9
CA78-16
JB51-7
CA76-7
IP1-3
OY
OG
OY
OG07.1
CA86-5
B
G4AL
JB129-21
GW
OY
OY
JBS37JB129-17
GWJBS9
GW
GW
OY07.1
IPS47
OYIP17-3
JB132-1 JB132-2
FB2-1 FB2-2
JB84-9
JB84-7
JB84-5
JB84-10JB84-1
FB1-1 FB1-2
FB3-1 FB3-2
JB98-1 JB98-2
FB4-1 FB4-2
JB85-9
JB85-7
JB85-5
JB85-1 JB85-10
GW
GW
JB171-2
JB171-3
GO
GB
IP25-1 IP25-2
OY
OY
JBS17OY
JB171-1
OY
G11AR
B
G11AL
B
G14AL
B
G10AR
B
JBS55B
G10AL
BJBS54
B
BJB171-4
B
BJB171-6
B
BJB171-8
B
G5AS(G37BL)
BIPS66 (LHD)IPS68 (RHD)
BOY
O
OG
O
OG
GW
JBS11
JBS16 JB171-5
OGJB171-7
BJBS56
B08.7
JB84-5 JB84-8
G32AS
B
OY
JB84-9
JB84-7
JB84-10JB84-1
G11AL
B
JB85-5 JB85-8
G33AS
B
JB85-9
JB85-7
JB85-10JB85-1
G10AR
B
SCP
3
2
5
1
R15 4
3
1
5
2
R9 4
IP5-3
B
IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)
BB
G37BL(G36BL)
IPS65
G36AL(G5AR)
B
G37BL(G36BL)
G5AS(G5AR)
IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)
B
JB129-15
GB
B
P
CA416-1
W
CA416-2
BRD
W
BRDCA417-1
CA417-2
I
I
MAIN BEAM STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
LIGHTING MESSAGES
FLASH
MAIN BEAM
LH TURN
RH TURN
TURN SIGNALAUDIBLE WARNING
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
HAZARD SWITCH
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
SIDE LAMPS STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
FRONT FOG STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
DIP BEAM STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
REAR FOG LAMPS
FRONT FOG LAMPS
SIDE LAMPS
DIP BEAM
NON DAYTIMERUNNING LAMPS
DIP BEAM
CANADA DAYTIMERUNNING LAMPS
DIP BEAM
SCANDINAVIA DAYTIMERUNNING LAMPS
MASTER LIGHTINGSWITCH
LIGHTING
LIGHTINGCONTROL
REMOTEHEADLAMPS
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOGRELAY
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
NOTE: JBS17 – Side Marker only.
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
NOTE: JBS16 – Side Marker only.
DIP BEAMRELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
LH TURN REPEATER
LH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
NOTE: JBS10 – Repeater only.
TURN
SIDE
DIP
MAIN
LH HEADLAMP UNIT
LH FRONTFOG LAMP
RH FRONTFOG LAMP
GLOVE BOX LAMPNOTE: JBS11 – Repeater only.
RH TURN REPEATER
RH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
TURN
SIDE
DIP
MAIN
RH HEADLAMP UNIT
TURN
SIDE
MAIN
BALLAST
DIP
LH HEADLAMP UNIT(HID VARIANT) *
* NOTE: HID variant – V supplycircuit for all lamps unchanged.
TURN
SIDE
MAIN
BALLAST
DIP
RH HEADLAMP UNIT(HID VARIANT) *
Non Autolamp Vehicles; Daytime Running Lamp Vehicles
EXTERNAL ANTENNA(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
REMOTEHEADLAMPS
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Exterior Lighting: Rear Exterior Lighting: Rear Fig. 08.3
GB
GB
OG
IP17-8
R
B
19
IP17-16
IP17-5
RIP17-4
R
IP17-9
GWIP17-10
WU
U
Y20.2
20.2
IP5-19
IP5-18
S
S
23 OJB172-5
IP53-2
BGIP53-1
BGIP53-3
BIP53-5
OYIP53-4
I
I
O
CA86-2
OYO
CA87-4
IP6-17
OO
IP6-19
GB
IP6-1
IP5-22
B
BOIP51-4
IIP6-23
BIP51-5
GB
WU
07.1
IP2-10
F63 7.5A
F64 7.5A
F97 7.5A
JB51-6
CA78-4
IP4-4 IP2-9
CA78-16
JB51-7
CA76-7
IP1-3
OY
O
O
OG
07.1
CA86-5
B
G4AL
44II
SCP
GWCA1-21
GB GBEN85-02EN85-01
40II
(MAN)
(AUTO)CAS26
GB
CA76-13
F79 10A
IP1-12
CA78-8
IP1-13
29II
30II
18.1
GB
GB
OY
O
GW
GWCAS80
O OTMS1
O
O
OYCAS82
OY
CAS81
O
57II
NR GWPA3-1PA3-3 CA75-7
GWGWJB2-1 (2.5, 3.0 L)JB196-1 (2.0 L)
CA170-15
CA76-2
GR
CA76-3
O
CA76-4
OG OG
BTM4-1 TM4-2
BTM5-1 TM5-2
CA137-3
CA137-7
CA137-1
CA137-2
CA137-6
BRB5-1 RB5-2
CA137-5
CA138-5
CA138-1
CA138-7
CA138-6
CA138-2
BRB6-1 RB6-2
CA138-3
BCA304-2 CA304-1
O
OY
CA45-1
CA45-2
TMS2
O
B
BCAS9
B
BG1AR
B
RBS10
B
G2AL
GR
O
G38AS
GB
CA1-22
10.1 GB
5
2
3
1
R174
GB
CA129-3
IPS65
G36AL(G5AR)
B
G37BL(G36BL)
G5AS(G5AR)
IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)
B
B
CA129-7
G
Y20.1
20.1
IP10-17
IP10-18
C
CCAN
OIP11-3
IP10-1
GBI (MAN)
CA10-6
GBJB145-4
GB
OYCA129-6
CA129-10
O
OTL10-1
TL10-2
B
P
B
ELECTROCHROMIC MIRROR:REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED
PARKING AID:REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED
(CIRCUITS CONTINUED)
REVERSE GEAR (AUTO)
LIGHTING MESSAGES
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 for Instrument Clusterpower supplies and grounds.
LH TURN
RH TURN
TURN SIGNALAUDIBLE WARNING
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
HAZARD SWITCH
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
SIDE LAMPS STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
REAR FOG STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
REAR FOG LAMPS
SIDE LAMPS
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH
BRAKE ON / OFFSWITCH
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
LIGHTING
LIGHTINGCONTROL
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
REVERSE LAMPSWITCH
REVERSE LAMPSRELAY
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
STOP
TAIL
FOG
TURN
REVERSE
LH TAIL LAMPUNIT
NOTE: CAS92 – Side Marker only.
LH REAR SIDEMARKER LAMP
LH LICENSE PLATELAMP
RH LICENSE PLATELAMP
STOP
TAIL
FOG
TURN
REVERSE
RH TAIL LAMPUNIT
NOTE: CAS91 – Side Marker only.
RH REAR SIDEMARKER LAMP
HIGH-MOUNTSTOP LAMP
All Vehicles
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Exterior Lighting: Rear – European Trailer Towing Exterior Lighting: Rear – European Trailer Towing Fig. 08.4
OG
IP17-8
R
B
19
IP17-16
IP17-5
RIP17-4
R
IP17-9
GWIP17-10
WU
U
Y20.2
20.2
IP5-19
IP5-18
S
S
23 OJB172-5
IP53-2
BGIP53-1
BGIP53-3
BIP53-5
OYIP53-4
I
I
O
CA86-2
OYO
CA87-4
IP6-17
OO
IP6-19
IP6-1
IP5-22
B
BOIP51-4
IIP6-23
BIP51-5
GB
WU
07.1
IP2-10
F63 7.5A
F64 7.5A
F97 7.5A
JB51-6
CA78-4
IP4-4 IP2-9
CA78-16
JB51-7
CA76-7
IP1-3
OY
O
O
OG
07.1
CA86-5
B
G4AL
44II
SCP
GWCA1-21
CAS26
B
G
BW
BG
PY
PY
CAS80
O
O
TMS1
O
O
OW
O
57II
NR GWPA3-1PA3-3 CA75-7
GWGWJB2-1 (2.5, 3.0 L)JB196-1 (2.0 L)
CA170-15
CA76-2
GR
CA76-3
O
CA76-4
OG OG
BTM4-1 TM4-2
BTM5-1 TM5-2
TT4-3
TT4-7
TT4-1
TT4-2
TT4-6
TT4-5
TT5-5
TT5-1
TT5-7
TT5-6
TT5-2
TT5-3
BCA304-2 CA304-1
CA45-1
CA45-2TMS2
B
N
CAS9
B
G1AR
G
P
G
G38AS
T5011-09
T5011-10
T5011-1
T5011-2
T5011-4
T5011-5
T5011-6
T5011-7
T5011-8
T5011-3
T5011-11
T5011-13
Y
R
URYUROPOWPONWNWNW
B B
TT2-2
TT2-1
TT1-1
TT1-4
TT1-5
TT1-2
TT2-5
TT2-4
TT2-3
TT2-6
TT2-7
TT1-3
TT1-6
TT3-8
TT3-10
TT3-3
TT3-4
TT3-5
TT3-9
TT3-2
TT3-7
TT3-6
TT3-1
NW
PYBWNPYBGBOPOWRWWWPO
S18.1 WCA129-11
W SCA302-1 TT6-1
CA175-2
CA176-6
CA176-7
CA175-1
CA175-5
CA175-3
CA175-7
CA176-1
CA176-3
CA176-5
GW
GW
GBGB
OY
GR
I I I I I OOI IOOI
O
O
O
CA176-2
CA175-6
G2BL G2BR
F100 20AT5020-1 T5020-2
T5001-1
T5001-2
T5001-3
NG
RBY
R
R
R
R
T5S1N
CA146-2
CA146-3
YT5S2
2I
30
BCA146-1
G1AR
BCAS9
TT2-8
IPS65
G36AL(G5AR)
B
G37BL(G36BL)
G5AS(G5AR)
IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)
B
B
GB08.3
TL10-1
O
BTL10-2
T5S3
T5S4
B
P
NW NW
B B
PARKING AID:TRAILER CONNECTED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
LIGHTING MESSAGES
LH TURN
RH TURN
TURN SIGNALAUDIBLE WARNING
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
HAZARD SWITCH
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
SIDE LAMPS STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
REAR FOG STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
REAR FOG LAMPS
SIDE LAMPS
MASTER LIGHTINGSWITCH
BRAKE ON / OFFSWITCH
LIGHTING
LIGHTINGCONTROL
RH TURN
LH TURN
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
REVERSE LAMPSACTIVATION
IN-LINE FUSE
TRAILER TOWINGREAR ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR
TRAILER TOWINGCONTROL MODULE
B+ (ACCESSORY)
B+ (BATTERY)
LH TURN
FOG LAMPS
RH TURN
RH TAIL LAMP
STOP LAMPS
LH TAIL LAMP
REVERSE LAMPS
TRAILERCONNECTOR
FOG
TURN
TAIL
STOP
REVERSE
FOG
LH TAIL LAMPUNIT
TURN
TAIL
STOP
REVERSE
RH TAIL LAMPUNIT
LH LICENSE PLATELAMP
RH LICENSE PLATELAMP
HIGH-MOUNTSTOP LAMP
EUR Trailer Towing Vehicles
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Exterior Lighting: Rear – U.K. Trailer Towing Exterior Lighting: Rear – U.K. Trailer Towing Fig. 08.5
OG
IP17-8
R
B
19
IP17-16
IP17-5
RIP17-4
R
IP17-9
GWIP17-10
WU
U
Y20.2
20.2
IP5-19
IP5-18
S
S
23 OJB172-5
IP53-2
BGIP53-1
BGIP53-3
BIP53-5
OYIP53-4
I
I
O
CA86-2
OYO
CA87-4
IP6-17
OO
IP6-19
IP6-1
IP5-22
B
BOIP51-4
IIP6-23
BIP51-5
GB
WU
07.1
IP2-10
F63 7.5A
F64 7.5A
F97 7.5A
JB51-6
CA78-4
IP4-4 IP2-9
CA78-16
JB51-7
CA76-7
IP1-3
OY
O
O
OG
07.1
CA86-5
B
G4AL
44II
SCP
GWCA1-21
CAS26GB
B
G
BW
BG
PY
PY
CAS80
O
OW
O
57II
NR GWPA3-1PA3-3 CA75-7
GWGWJB2-1 (2.5, 3.0 L)JB196-1 (2.0 L)
CA170-15
CA76-2
GR
CA76-3
O
CA76-4
OG OG
TT4-3
TT4-7
TT4-1
TT4-2
TT4-6
TT4-5
TT5-5
TT5-1
TT5-7
TT5-6
TT5-2
TT5-3
BCA304-2 CA304-1
N
G
P
G
G38AS
T312N-1
T312N-2
T312N-4
T312N-5
T312N-6
T312N-7
T312N-3
URYUROPOW
PO
NW
TT2-2
TT2-1
TT1-1
TT1-4
TT1-5
TT1-2
TT2-5
TT2-4
TT2-3
TT2-6
TT2-7
TT1-3
TT1-6
TT3-8
TT3-10
TT3-3
TT3-4
TT3-5
TT3-9
TT3-2
TT3-7
TT3-6
TT3-1
NW
PYBWNPYBGBOPOWRWWWPO
CA175-2
CA176-6
CA176-7
CA175-1
CA175-5
CA175-3
CA175-7
CA176-1
CA176-3
CA176-5
GW
GW
GBGB
OY
GR
II I I I OOI IOOI
O
O
O
CA176-2
CA175-6
G2BL
F100 20AT4020-2 T4020-1
T4001-1
T4001-2
T4001-3
NG
R
B
Y
R
RT3S1
NCA146-2
CA146-3
YT4S1
2I
30
BCA146-1
G1AR
BCAS9
RR
R
Y
BT3001-3
T3001-2
T3001-1 T4S2
R
Y
R
T412S-1
T412S-6
T412S-4
T412S-3
T412S-7 NWNW
G2BR
18.1 WCA129-11
W SCA302-1 TT6-1
TT2-8
O
O
TMS1
O BTM4-1 TM4-2
BTM5-1 TM5-2
CA45-1
CA45-2TMS2
B
CAS9
B
G1AR
B B
B
IPS65
G36AL(G5AR)
B
G37BL(G36BL)
G5AS(G5AR)
IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)
B
S
TT7-1
PO
TL10-1
O
TL10-2
B
08.3
B
P
T3S2
NW
B B
REVERSE LAMPS
B+ (ACCESSORY)
B+ (BATTERY
PARKING AID:TRAILER CONNECTED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
CARAVANCONNECTOR
IN-LINE FUSE
LIGHTING MESSAGES
LH TURN
RH TURN
TURN SIGNALAUDIBLE WARNING
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
HAZARD SWITCH
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
SIDE LAMPS STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
REAR FOG STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
REAR FOG LAMPS
SIDE LAMPS
MASTER LIGHTINGSWITCH
BRAKE ON / OFFSWITCH
LIGHTING
LIGHTINGCONTROL
RH TURN
LH TURN
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
REVERSE LAMPSACTIVATION
TRAILER TOWINGREAR ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR
TRAILER TOWINGCONTROL MODULE
LH TURN
FOG LAMPS
RH TURN
RH TAIL LAMP
STOP LAMPS
LH TAIL LAMP
TRAILERCONNECTOR
FOG
TURN
TAIL
STOP
REVERSE
LH TAIL LAMPUNIT
FOG
TURN
TAIL
STOP
REVERSE
RH TAIL LAMPUNIT
LH LICENSE PLATELAMP
RH LICENSE PLATELAMP
HIGH-MOUNTSTOP LAMP
U.K. Trailer Towing Vehicles
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
OG
IP17-8
R
B
19
IP17-16
IP17-5
RIP17-4
R
IP17-9
GWIP17-10
WU
U
Y20.2
20.2
IP5-19
IP5-18
S
S
23 OJB172-5
IP53-2
BGIP53-1
BGIP53-3
BIP53-5
OYIP53-4
I
I
O
CA86-2
OYO
CA87-4
IP6-17
OO
IP6-19
IP6-1
IP5-22
B
BOIP51-4
IIP6-23
BIP51-5
GB
WU
07.1
IP2-10
F63 7.5A
F64 7.5A
F97 7.5A
JB51-6
CA78-4
IP4-4 IP2-9
CA78-16
JB51-7
CA76-7
IP1-3
OY
O
O
OG
07.1
CA86-5
B
G4AL
44II
SCP
GWCA1-21
CAS26
B
G
BW
BG
PY
PY
CAS80
O
O
TMS1
O
O
OW
O
57II
NR GWPA3-1PA3-3 CA75-7
GWGWJB2-1 (2,5, 3.0 L)JB196-1 (2.0 L)
CA170-15
CA76-2
GR
CA76-3
O
CA76-4
OG OG
BTM4-1 TM4-2
BTM5-1 TM5-2
TT4-3
TT4-7
TT4-1
TT4-2
TT4-6
TT4-5
TT5-5
TT5-1
TT5-7
TT5-6
TT5-2
TT5-3
BCA304-2 CA304-1
CA45-1
CA45-2TMS2
B
N
CAS9
B
G1AR
G
P
G
G38AS
T6US1-3
T6US1-4
T6US1-2
T6US1-1
Y
G
NW** BW
W
B B
TT2-2
TT2-1
TT1-1
TT1-4
TT1-5
TT1-2
TT2-5
TT2-4
TT2-3
TT2-6
TT2-7
TT1-3
TT1-6
TT3-8
TT3-10
TT3-3
TT3-5
TT3-9
TT3-7
TT3-1
W
PYBWNPYBGBOPOWRWWWPO
S18.1 WCA129-11
W SCA302-1 TT6-1
CA175-2
CA176-6
CA176-7
CA175-1
CA175-5
CA175-3
CA175-7
CA176-1
CA176-3
CA176-5
GW
GW
GBGB
OY
GR
I I I I I OOI IOOI
O
O
O
CA176-2
CA175-6
G2BL
T3001-1
T3001-2
T3001-3NG
R
B
Y
R
R
R
T3S1N
CA146-2
CA146-3
Y2I
30
BCA146-1
G1AR
BCAS9
TT2-8
IPS65
G36AL
B
G37BL
G5AS
IPS67
B
B
GB08.3
TL10-1
O
BTL10-2
OY
O
CAS94
CAS95
W
NW
T6S2*
T6S1
BRB5-1 RB5-2
OYCA129-6
BRB6-1 RB6-2
O
RBS10
B
G2AL
B
CA129-7
CA129-10
B
P
B B
NW**BW
Exterior Lighting: Rear – NAS Trailer Towing Exterior Lighting: Rear – NAS Trailer Towing Fig. 08.6
NAS Trailer Towing Vehicles
PARKING AID:TRAILER CONNECTED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
LIGHTING MESSAGES
LH TURN
RH TURN
TURN SIGNALAUDIBLE WARNING
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
HAZARD SWITCH
SIDE LAMPS STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
REAR FOG STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
REAR FOG LAMPS
SIDE LAMPS
MASTER LIGHTINGSWITCH
BRAKE ON / OFFSWITCH
LIGHTING
LIGHTINGCONTROL
RH TURN
LH TURN
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
REVERSE LAMPSACTIVATION
TRAILER TOWINGREAR ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR
TRAILER TOWINGCONTROL MODULE
LH TURN AND STOP
RH TURN AND STOP
TAIL LAMPS
GROUND
TRAILERCONNECTOR
FOG
TURN
TAIL
STOP
REVERSE
LH TAIL LAMPUNIT
FOG
TURN
TAIL
STOP
REVERSE
RH TAIL LAMPUNIT
LH REAR SIDEMARKER LAMP
RH REAR SIDEMARKER LAMP
LH LICENSE PLATELAMP
RH LICENSE PLATELAMP
HIGH-MOUNTSTOP LAMP
* NOTE: T6S2 and circuit to TT3-9 – early production vehicles only.
** NOTE: NW – early production vehicles.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Headlamp Leveling Headlamp Leveling Fig. 08.7
GU
GB
IP17-13
GB
IPS56
IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)
IP17-6
BB
G37BL(G36BL)
IP17-14
G
IP17-7
OY
14
22II
GU
GUJBS36F16 20A
F17 20A
OY
GWW
GO
GB
G
OY
OY
JBS37JB129-17IPS47
OYIP17-3
JB84-5 JB84-10
JB85-5 JB85-10
G11AL
B
G10AR
BGW
OY
OY07.1
08.1
08.1
UIP17-2
0123
UJB84-2
UJB85-2
JBS8CA1-1
UCA10-22
U
IP130-17
G
Y20.1
20.1
IP130-2
IP130-3
OWR
Y
IP130-23
IP130-6
B
G37BL
BIPS68IP130-24
31II
I
C
C
DWIP130-5
20.2
WIP130-25
UIP130-11
UYIP130-7
I
WGIP130-10
RIP130-12
JB140-6
JB140-5
JB140-1
HI1-6
HI1-5
HI1-1
UY
WG
R
Y
W
U
UY
WG
R
JB130-17
JB130-1
JB130-22
CA241-3
CA241-2
CA241-1
CA303-3
CA303-2
CA303-1
IP130-19
O
IP130-16
O
IP130-18
O
IP130-15
O
IP130-21
O
IP130-22
O
IP130-20
O
JB84-3
JB84-2
JB84-6
JB84-4
JB85-3
JB85-2
JB85-6
JB85-4
JB130-12
BW BW
JB130-13
BG* WU BG* WU
JB130-14
B B
JB130-15
BG BG
JB130-8
RW RW
JB130-9
RU RU
JB130-10
R R
JB130-11
RG RG
3
1
5
2
R9 4
GBJB129-15
B
O
O
P
DIP BEAM STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
HEADLAMP LEVELING
DIP BEAM
MASTER LIGHTINGSWITCH
AUTOLAMPS
NOTE: IPS56 – Autolamps only.
DIP BEAMRELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
SERVOAMPLIFIER
LH HEADLAMP UNIT
DIP
DIP
SERVOAMPLIFIER
RH HEADLAMP UNIT
DRIVER-CONTROLLED HEADLAMP LEVELING
FRONT AXLESENSOR
REAR AXLESENSOR
HEADLAMP LEVELINGCONTROL MODULE
HEADLAMPLEVELING
STEPPER MOTOR
LH HEADLAMP UNIT
HEADLAMPLEVELING
STEPPER MOTOR
RH HEADLAMP UNIT
AUTOMATIC HEADLAMP LEVELING
Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
* NOTE: BG – early production vehicles.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
OY
CA1-2
B
BK BK
CAS8
CA45-3
B
G4AR
CA86-3U
Y20.2
20.2
IP5-19
IP5-18
S
S
O
23 OJB172-5
IP6-1
B
G5AS(G5AR)
OY
CA16-3
OY
CA132-1 CA132-2
RC9-2 RC9-1
OG
OY
FL7-2 FL7-1
OGCAS85
IIP6-22 (LHD)IP6-21 (RHD)
BFL9-1FL9-2
B R RCA15-20 CA1-7
IIP6-21 (LHD)IP6-22 (RHD)
BFR9-1FR9-2
B R RCA20-20 CA1-5
ICA87-15BL6-1BL6-2
B YCA25-14
ICA86-18
BBR6-1BR6-2
B YCA30-14BRS4
B BCA30-3
CAS10B
G15ALG15AR**
BBLS3
B BCA25-3
G4AL
FRS1B B
CA20-2
CAS10B
G15ALG15AR**
FLS1B B
CA15-2
CA86-1
O
IP25-2 IP25-1G5AS
(G37BL)
BIPS66 (LHD)IPS68 (RHD)
B OY
BK
CA36-1
OY
IP27-1 IP27-2
BK
OY
IP26-1 IP26-2
BKCA1-6
OYOGFR6-2 FR6-1
OG
CA21-3
OG
B73
B72
B74
TM6-4TM6-3TMS2
G1AR
CA45-2CAS9B B B
IPS13
B65
B66
RC22-3RC30-3*
RC22-9RC30-1*
RC22-1RC30-2*
RC11-1
RC20-1
RC11-2
BK
BK
BK
OY
OY
B71
B70
RC8-2 RC8-1
B
B
B
B
OY
OY
B68
B69B
RCS1CA36-13CAS10G15AL
G15AR**
BB
08.1
TL10-2
BTL10-3
OY
CAS10B
G15ALG15AR**
FLS1B B
CA15-2 FL3-6
FL3-5
FL3-7
BBB
CA86-16CA16-5
G
BCA86-14CA16-6
U
I
I
G4AL
FRS1B B
CA20-2
BBFR3-6
FR3-5
FR3-7
B
BCA21-5
CA21-6
I
I
CA86-16
G
CA86-14
U
CA86-5
B
G4AL
P
B
IP5-3
B I
CA416-1
W
CA416-2
BRD
W
BRDCA417-1
CA417-2
I
Interior Lighting Interior Lighting Fig. 09.1
NOTE: BLS3 – PoweredRear Windows only.
NOTE: BRS4 – PoweredRear Windows only.
DOOR AJARSWITCH
LH FRONT DOORLATCH ASSEMBLY
DOOR AJARSWITCH
RH FRONT DOORLATCH ASSEMBLY
DOOR AJARSWITCH
LH REAR DOORLATCH ASSEMBLY
DOOR AJARSWITCH
RH REAR DOORLATCH ASSEMBLY
TRUNKSWITCH
TRUNKLOCK MOTOR
LIGHTING
INTERIORLIGHTINGCONTROL
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
LH FOOTWELLLAMP
RH FOOTWELLLAMP
MAP LAMP 1
FRONTINTERIOR LAMP
MAP LAMP 2
ROOF CONSOLE
* NOTE: Roof Console withoutPrinted Circuit Board.
REAR INTERIOR LAMP
LH VANITY MIRRORLAMP
RH VANITY MIRRORLAMP
LH DOOR COURTESY LAMP
RH DOOR COURTESY LAMP
TRUNK LAMP
GLOVE BOX LAMP
FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING
All Vehicles
REMOTELOCK / UNLOCK
REMOTELOCK / UNLOCK
KEY BARREL(LHD ONLY)
KEY BARREL(RHD ONLY)
SET (LHD)
RESET (LHD)
LH FRONT DOORLATCH ASSEMBLY
SET (RHD)
RESET (RHD)
RH FRONT DOORLATCH ASSEMBLY
EXTERNAL ANTENNA(JAPAN, S. KOREA)** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Dimmer-Controlled Lighting Dimmer-Controlled Lighting Fig. 09.2
RC22-1RC22-10
BR1-8BR1-4 CAS59
IP17-8
R
IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)
19
IP17-6
BB
G37BL(G36BL)
IP17-1
O
YGSW4-4
YGSW4-3
SW3-4
SW5-1
O
B
SWS1
BJB129-14 JB1-24IP34-5 IP34-6SWS2
O
O
B YGO
PWM O
IPS4
O
O
O
O
FL1-14 (LHD)FR1-14 (RHD)
FL1-8 (LHD)FR1-8 (RHD)
IP29-5IP29-6
IP14-2IP14-3
IP65-1IP65-17
IP70-12IP70-9
IP101-20
IP11-8IP11-21
IP51-5IP51-6
IP42-1IP110-1
O
O
O
O
O
IPS21
O
O
O
BL1-8BL1-4
FR10-8 (LHD)FL10-8 (RHD)
FR10-4 (LHD)FL10-4 (RHD)
O
CAS11
CA1-9
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
OCA36-4
CA30-11
CA15-16 (LHD)CA20-16 (RHD)
CA25-11
CA20-16 (LHD)CA15-16 (RHD)
BW
BW
FRS1 (LHD)FLS1 (RHD)
B
G4AL(G15AR)
BBCA20-2 (LHD)CA15-2 (RHD)
FLS1 (LHD)FRS1 (RHD)
B
G15AR(G4AL)
BBCA15-2 (LHD)CA20-2 (RHD)
CAS10B
G15ALG15AR*
BBBCA36-13RCS1
G36ALG5AL)
B
G5AR
B
B
G37AL(G36BL)
IP101-15
CAS10B
CAS10B
IPS68B
G37BL
B
G37AR
B
G37BR
B
G37BR
B
IPS68B
G37BL
B
O
FL1-5 (LHD)FR1-5 (RHD)
BW BWCA15-7 (LHD)CA20-7 (RHD)
CA30-7
CA25-7
BW
BW
O
SW3-3
SW5-2
BIPS65
B
(2.5, 3.0 L)
(2.0 L) BJBS55
G14AL
03.2
SIDE LAMPS
MASTER LIGHTINGSWITCH
RH REAR DOORSWITCH PACK
LH REAR DOORSWITCH PACK
CASSETTE
IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENTSWITCH ILLUMINATION
CRUISE CONTROLSWITCH ILLUMINATION
STEERING WHEEL
CASSETTE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
HAZARD, SEAT HEATERSWITCHES
CIGAR LIGHTER
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
ROOF CONSOLE
PASSENGER DOORSWITCH PACK
REAR WINDOWISOLATE CIRCUIT
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.
NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.
ECM: GROUND
AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE (PANEL)
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
AUDIO UNIT
J GATE
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROLSWITCH
All Vehicles
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Variable Assist Steering; Electrochromic Rear View Mirror Variable Assist Steering; Electrochromic Rear View Mirror Fig. 10.1
JB130-3
JB130-2
R
U
IP11-24
GR
G37AL(G36BL)
BIP11-8
42II
G
Y20.1
20.1
IP10-17
IP10-18
C
C
IP11-25
O
IP11-23
IJB145-2
JB145-3
R
U
R
UEM91-1
EM91-2
R
U
CAN
RC5-3
WU* BR
B
GB
RC5-1
RC5-2
ICA36-7
GB08.3
RCS1CA36-13CAS10BBB
G15ALG15AR*
54II
B
P
P
B
VEHICLE SPEED
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
VARIABLE ASSISTSERVO
REVERSE LAMPS:REVERSE LAMPS ON
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ELECTROCHROMICREAR VIEW
MIRROR
VARIABLE ASSIST STEERING
ELECTROCHROMIC REAR VIEW MIRROR
All Vehicles
* NOTE: G15AR, WU – early production vehicles.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B
CA16-18 FL5-4
B
N
CA16-16
FL1-3FL1-14
CA270-3
CA270-4
CA16-12
FLS1B
G15ALG15AR*
G15ALG15AR*
FL5-2
YR
FL5-6
WR
FR4-4
N
FR4-2
YR
FR4-6
WR
LH
RH
CA15-2
B
O
O
O
O
N
WR
N
YR
WR
N
YR
WR
N
YR
WR
FLS2
FL1-18
FL1-4
FL1-16
FL1-17
CA16-19CA15-19
CA21-14CA16-14
CA21-13CA16-13
CA21-15CA16-15
GWFL1-15 CA16-14 FL5-4
B
N
FR1-3FR1-14
CA21-12
FRS1B
G4AL
FL5-2
YR
FL5-6
WR
FR4-4
N
FR4-2
YR
FR4-6
WR
LH
RH
CA20-2
B
O
O
O
O
N
WR
N
YR
WR
N
YR
WR
N
YR
WR
FRS7
FR1-18
FR1-4
FR1-16
FR1-17
CA16-15CA20-19
CA21-18CA21-14
CA16-13CA21-13
CA21-19CA21-15
GUFR1-15
48II
52II
CAS10B
BFL1-14FLS1
B
G15ALG15AR*
CA15-2
B RFL1-11CAS10
B R
64 N
CA270-2
CA270-5 CA270-1
UCAS46 CA21-17
U U
CAS64 CA21-11
W W
CA16-17
U U
CA16-11
W W
FL5-16
FL5-15
FR4-16
FR4-15
B
CA21-16
CA270-4
G15ALG15AR*
RFR1-11
R
64 N
CA270-2
CA270-5
BFR1-14FRS1
B
G4AL
CA20-2
BI
O
O
I
O
OW
CA270-3
CA270-1
UCAS46 CA21-17
U U
CAS64 CA21-11
W W
CA16-17
U U
CA16-11
W W
FL5-16
FL5-15
FR4-16
FR4-15
W
N
YR
WR
N
YR
WR
N
YR
WR
N
YR
WR
U
W
U
W
U
W
U
W
B
P P
B
BB
P PBCAS10
BCAS10
Door Mirrors: Movement, Fold-Back Door Mirrors: Movement, Fold-Back Fig. 10.2
COMMON
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
LH MIRROR
RH MIRROR
DOOR MIRROR MOVEMENT: LHD
DRIVER DOORSWITCH PACK
FOLD FLATMODULE
LH MIRROR
RH MIRROR
DOOR MIRROR FOLD: LHD
COMMON
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
LH MIRROR
RH MIRROR
DOOR MIRROR MOVEMENT: RHD
DRIVER DOORSWITCH PACK
FOLD FLATMODULE
LH MIRROR
RH MIRROR
DOOR MIRROR FOLD: RHD
All Vehicles
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
NOTE: Refer to Figures 06.1 and 06.2 for Mirror Heaters.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Powered Seats: 8-Way Movement Powered Seats: 8-Way Movement Fig. 11.1
B
YBLS1-4
LS5-2
LS5-1
WBYB
LS4-2
LS4-1
WGYG
LS2-2
LS2-1
WRYU
LS6-2
LS6-1
WRYR
WB
YG
WG
YU
WR
YR
WR
LS1-5
LS1-3
LS1-11
LS1-9
LS1-8
LS1-7
LS1-12
LS1-6
OG40
WG
YG
LS16-7
LS16-1
LS16-2
OG43
LS19-3
LS19-1
LS19-2
WBRS1-4
RS5-2
RS5-1
YBWB
RS4-2
RS4-1
YGWG
RS2-2
RS2-1
YUWR
RS6-2
RS6-1
YRWR
YB
WG
YG
WR
YU
WR
YR
RS1-5
RS1-3
RS1-11
RS1-9
RS1-8
RS1-7
RS1-12
RS1-6
OY45
YG
WG
RS16-7
RS16-1
RS16-2
OY48
RS19-3
RS19-1
42 47
BLS1-1
CA65-16
B
B
B
LSS1
B
G15AL(G4AR)
LS16-6
CAS8
BLS16-3
BRS19-2
BRS1-1
CA70-16
B
B
B
RSS1
B
G4AR(G15AL)
RS16-6
CAS8
BRS16-3
B B
P P
NOTE:
40 – Non Heated Seat.42 – Heated Seat.
LH SEAT SWITCH PACK
LH SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH PACKNOTE: LSS1 – Lumbar Vehicles only.
NOTE: CAS8 – RHD only.
LH SEAT
NOTE:
45 – Non Heated Seat.47 – Heated Seat.
RH SEAT SWITCH PACK
RH SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH PACK NOTE: RSS1 –Lumbar Vehicles only.
NOTE: CAS8 – LHD only.
RH SEAT NOTE: Powered Lumbar Circuit and components – Powered Lumbar Seats only.
8-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
LH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS RH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS
LH SEAT LUMBAR PUMP RH SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Powered Seats: 2-Way Movement Powered Seats: 2-Way Movement Fig. 11.2
LS10-1
LS10-2
YGWG
WG
YG
LS16-7
LS16-1
LS16-2
OG42
CA65-16
BB BLSS1
B
G15AL(G4AR)
LS16-6 CAS8
BLS16-3
G4AR(G15AL)
40
RS10-1
RS10-2
WGYG
YG
WG
RS16-7
RS16-1
LS16-2
OY47
CA70-16
BB BRSS1
BRS16-6 CAS8
BRS16-3
45
NOTE:
40 – Non Heated Seat.42 – Heated Seat.
LH SEAT SWITCH PACKNOTE: CAS8 – RHD only.
NOTE:
45 – Non Heated Seat.47 – Heated Seat.
RH SEAT SWITCH PACK
NOTE: CAS8 – LHD only.
RH SEATLH SEAT
2-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
LH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTOR RH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTOR
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Seat Heaters Seat Heaters Fig. 11.3
IP51-2 CA240-7
IP51-5
B
W W
IPS65
G36AL(G5AR)
LS13-6
O
OG
GBLS13-12
LS13-5
LS13-1
BLS7-4
N
CA65-10
W
IP51-3 CA240-1
R RCA65-17
R
IP51-1 CA240-6
U UCA65-10
U
41
27II
LS13-8
I
LS13-7
I
LS13-10
O
LS13-9
O
LS7-3
W
GB
B
LS13-3
I
LS13-4
O
IP56-2 CA240-4
IP51-5
B
W WRS13-6
O
OY
GBRS13-12
RS13-5
CA70-10
W
IP56-3 CA240-5
R RCA70-17
R
IP56-1 CA240-3
U UCA70-18
U
46
26II
RS13-8
I
RS13-7
I
RS13-10
O
RS13-9
O
RS13-3
I
RS13-4
O
B
40
LS7-1
LS7-2
LSS1 CA65-16 CAS8B B B
G15AL(G4AR)
RS13-1
BRSS1 CA70-16 CAS8
B B B
G4AR(G15AL)
RS7-4
W
RS7-3
N
GW
B
RS7-1
RS7-2
B
45
IPS65
G36AL(G5AR)
B
B
P
P
B
B
LH SEAT
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
STATE
SWITCH
LH SEATHEATER
NOTE:
40 – Heaters only Seat.41 – Powered Heated Seats.
LH SEAT HEATERMODULE
NOTE: LSS1 – 8-way; 2-way; Lumbar only.
NOTE: CAS8 – RHD only.
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
LH CUSHION HEATER
LH SEAT BACK HEATER
RH SEAT
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
STATE
RH SEAT HEATERSWITCH
NOTE:
45 – Heaters only Seat.46 – Powered Heated Seats.
RH SEAT HEATERMODULE
NOTE: RSS1 – 8-way; 2-way; Lumbar only.
NOTE: CAS8 – LHD only.
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
RH CUSHION HEATER
RH SEAT BACK HEATER
Heated Seat Vehicles
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
U B
BCA1-4
CA45-2
IP5-5 (LHD)IP5-1 (RHD)
TM8-2TM8-1
TMS2
U
G1AR
U
Y20.2
20.2
IP5-19
IP5-18
S
S
22 OYJB172-1
IP6-1
B
G5AS(G5AR)
CA86-5
B
G4AL
IIP6-22 (LHD)
1P6-21 (RHD)
BFL9-1FL9-2
B R RCA15-20 CA1-7
ICA87-15 BL6-1 BL6-2
BYCA25-14 CAS10
B
G15ALG15AR*
BBLS3
BBCA25-3
CAS10B
G15ALG15AR*
B
FLS1B B
CA15-2
R
IP18-5
IP18-4
I
II
III
4
BIP6-8
I
IIP6-21 (LHD)IP6-22 (RHD)
R RCA20-20 CA1-5
G4AL
FRS1B B
CA20-2
ICA86-18 BR6-1 BR6-2
BYCA30-14 CAS8
B
G4AR
BBRS4
BBCA30-3
B BCAS9
B
CA45-6
BOTM6-3TM6-1
NTM6-5
NCA45-5
OCA45-4
UCA1-11
CA87-2
O
I
ICA86-22
IP5-16
O
BBR3-2
WB
CA30-8
CA87-5
BBL3-2CA25-8
CAS79
BBL3-1
BBL3-3
BBR3-1
BBR3-3
CA25-9
CA25-10
CA30-10
CA30-9
WB
WB
YB
YB
YB
YB
B
FL3-6
FL3-2
FL3-1
FL3-3
FL3-8
FL3-4
FL3-5
FL3-7
BB
OCA16-20
WG WG
BCA86-16CA16-5
G
BCA86-14CA16-6
U
I
I
I
I
CA86-19
O
CA87-16
WCAS74
CAS73BCA16-9
BCA16-8
O
W
BCA16-7
BCA16-10 CA87-3
OYB
CA86-4
OYBCAS2
CAS1
YB
YB
B
BFR9-1FR9-2
BB
FR3-6
FR3-8
FR3-4
FR3-5
FR3-7
BB B
B
B
B
B
B
FR3-3
FR3-1
FR3-2
CA21-7
CA21-5
CA21-6
CA21-9
CA21-8
CA21-20
CA21-10
CA1-8
YB
O
W
WB
YB
O
I
I
IP5-1 (LHD)IP5-5 (RHD)
WB
CA86-16
G
CA86-14
U
IP5-3
B
TL10-6
U
TL10-5
TL10-4
WTM6-2TMS3
TL10-2
BO
N
GOIP18-1 IP132-1
IP132-3
GU
IP132-2
IPS45
GOGR
01.4
IP10-13
U
Y20.2
20.2
IP10-22
IP10-23
S
S
SCP
IP11-7
O
G37AL(G36BL)
B
61 IP11-8B
P
B
I
P
CA416-1
W
CA416-2
BRD
W
BRDCA417-1
CA417-2
I
Central Door Locking: Double Locking Central Door Locking: Double Locking Fig. 12.1
IGNITION SWITCHEDPOWER SUPPLY
KEY-IN
IGNITION SWITCH
INERTIA SWITCH
DOOR AJARSWITCH
ACTUATORSWITCHES
LOCK
UNLOCK
SET (LHD)
RESET (LHD)
LH FRONT DOORLATCH ASSEMBLY
ACTUATORSWITCHES
LOCK
UNLOCK
SET (RHD)
RESET (RHD)
DOOR AJARSWITCH
RH FRONT DOORLATCH ASSEMBLY
NOTE: Set / Reset Switch in Front Door Latch Assemblies –LHD: LH Front Latch only, RHD: RH Front Latch only.
NOTE: Drive-Away Door Locking occurs whenall doors are closed, the Ignition is switched toII or III and the vehicle speed exceeds 7 k/ph (4 mph).
VEHICLE SPEED;EMERGENCY UNLOCK
VEHICLEIMPACT
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
LOCKING
LOCK /UNLOCK
REMOTELOCK / UNLOCK
UNLOCK
LOCK
DOUBLE LOCK
(KEY BARRELLHD ONLY)
UNLOCK
(KEY BARRELRHD ONLY)
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
NOT CONNECTED
TRUNK RELEASESWITCH
TRUNK AJARSWITCH
TRUNK LOCKMOTOR
DOOR AJARSWITCH
ACTUATORSWITCHES
LH REAR DOORLATCH ASSEMBLY
ACTUATORSWITCHES
DOOR AJARSWITCH
RH REAR DOORLATCH ASSEMBLY
NOTE: BLS3 – Powered Rear Windows only.
NOTE: BRS4 – Powered Rear Windows only.
Double Locking Vehicles
UNLOCK
EXTERNAL ANTENNA(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
LOCKINGCONTROL
REMOTELOCK / UNLOCK
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
BCA1-4 IP5-5 (LHD)
IP5-1 (RHD)
U
Y20.2
20.2
IP5-19
IP5-18
S
S
22 OYJB172-1
IP6-1
B
G5AS(G5AR)
CA86-5
B
G4AL
IIP6-22 (LHD)
1P6-21 (RHD)
BFL9-1FL9-2
B R RCA15-20 CA1-7
ICA87-15 BL6-1 BL6-2
BYCA25-14 CAS10
BBBLS3
BBCA25-3
CAS10B
B
FLS1B B
CA15-2
IIP6-21 (LHD)IP6-22 (RHD)
R RCA20-20 CA1-5
G4AL
FRS1B B
CA20-2
ICA86-18 BR6-1 BR6-2
BYCA30-14 CAS8
B
G4AR
BBRS4
BBCA30-3
N
O
U
CA87-2
O
I
ICA86-22
IP5-16
O
BBR3-2
WB
CA30-8
CA87-5
BBL3-2CA25-8
CAS79
BBL3-1
BBR3-1
CA25-9
CA30-9
WB
WB
YB
YB
FL3-6
FL3-2
FL3-1
FL3-8
FL3-4
FL3-5
FL3-7
B
OCA16-20
WG WG
BCA86-16CA16-5
G
BCA86-14CA16-6
U
I
I
I
I
CA86-19
O
CA87-16
WCAS74
CAS73BCA16-9
BCA16-8
O
W
BCA16-10 CA87-3
OYBCAS1YB
BFR9-1FR9-2
BB
FR3-6
FR3-8
FR3-4
FR3-5
FR3-7
BB B
B
B
B
B
BFR3-1
FR3-2
CA21-5
CA21-6
CA21-9
CA21-8
CA21-20
CA21-10
CA1-8
O
W
WB
YB
O
I
I
IP5-1 (LHD)IP5-5 (RHD)
WB
CA86-16G
CA86-14U
IP5-3
B
U B
CA45-2
TM8-2TM8-1
TMS2
U
G1AR
B BCAS9
B
CA45-6
BOTM6-3TM6-1
NTM6-5CA45-5
CA45-4
TL10-6
U
TL10-5
TL10-4
WTM6-2TMS3
TL10-2
B
CA1-11
O
N
R
IP18-5
IP18-4
I
II
III
4
BIP6-8
IB
GOIP18-1 IP132-1
IP132-3
GU
IP132-2
IPS45
GOGR
01.4
IP10-13
U
Y20.2
20.2
IP10-22
IP10-23
S
S
SCP
IP11-7O
G37AL(G36BL)
B
61IP11-8
B
P
B
I
P
CA416-1
W
CA416-2
BRD
W
BRDCA417-1
CA417-2
I
G15ALG15AR*
G15ALG15AR*
Central Door Locking: Non Double Locking Central Door Locking: Non Double Locking Fig. 12.2
IGNITION SWITCHEDPOWER SUPPLY
KEY-IN
IGNITION SWITCH
INERTIA SWITCH
DOOR AJARSWITCH
LOCK
UNLOCK
SET (LHD)
RESET (LHD)
LH FRONT DOORLATCH ASSEMBLY
LOCK
UNLOCK
SET (LHD)
RESET (LHD)
DOOR AJARSWITCH
RH FRONT DOORLATCH ASSEMBLY
NOTE: Set / Reset Switch in Front Door Latch Assemblies –LHD: LH Front Latch only, RHD: RH Front Latch only.
NOTE: Drive-Away Door Locking occurs whenall doors are closed, the Ignition is switched toII or III and the vehicle speed exceeds 7 k/ph (4 mph).
VEHICLE SPEED;EMERGENCY UNLOCK
VEHICLEIMPACT
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
LOCKING
LOCK /UNLOCK
REMOTELOCK / UNLOCK
UNLOCK
LOCK
(KEY BARRELLHD ONLY)
UNLOCK
(KEY BARRELRHD ONLY)
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
NOT CONNECTED
TRUNK RELEASESWITCH
TRUNK AJARSWITCH
TRUNK LOCKMOTOR
DOOR AJARSWITCH
LH REAR DOORLATCH ASSEMBLY
DOOR AJARSWITCH
RH REAR DOORLATCH ASSEMBLY
NOTE: BLS3 – Powered Rear Windows only.
NOTE: BRS4 – Powered Rear Windows only.
Non Double Locking Vehicles
EXTERNAL ANTENNA(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
UNLOCK
REMOTELOCK / UNLOCK
LOCKINGCONTROL
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B BJB81-1JB81-2
JBS56
JBS55B
G14AL
CA86-1723 OJB172-5
U
Y20.2
20.2
IP5-19
IP5-18
S
S
22 OYJB172-1
IP6-1
B
G5AS(G5AR)
CA86-5
B
G4AL
OTM6-1
NTM6-5
NCA45-5
OCA45-4 CA87-2
ICA86-22
CAS8B
G4AR
IIP6-22 (LHD)IP6-21 (RHD)
BFL9-1FL9-2
B R RCA15-20 CA1-7
IIP6-21 (LHD)IP6-22 (RHD)
BFR9-1FR9-2
B R RCA20-20 CA1-5
ICA87-15BL6-1BL6-2
B YCA25-14
ICA86-18
BBR6-1BR6-2
B YCA30-14BRS4
B BCA30-3
CAS10B
G15ALG15AR**
BBLS3
B BCA25-3
G4AL
FRS1B B
CA20-2
CAS10B
G15ALG15AR**
FLS1B B
CA15-2
BTM6-3TMS2
G1AR
CA45-2CAS9B B B
IJB172-21
IP11-7
O
OIP10-4IP15-4
S
SIP10-23
IP10-2220.2
20.2U
Y
WGIP10-3IP15-3
IP10-5IP15-2
IP15-1
G
IP11-8
G37AL(G36BL)
D
D
B
GIP10-6
IP11-11
GR
61
15II
B
G
Y20.1
20.1
IP10-17
IP10-18
C
C
WJB79-3
B
G11AR
O
UJB79-6
UJB79-4
JB79-5
UJB172-18
63
CA87-1
BSL2-1
24
OYJB87-2
JB87-1
B
G11AR
B
OY
OY
OY
SL1-1
JB79-1
JB79-5
B
B
B
G11AR
5
2
3
1
R34
B
JBS32OY
JB129-6
BOIP5-14
O
O
IP65-8
R
CA190-4
G
CA190-6
Y
RC22-6RC33-1*
Y
RC22-7RC33-4*
W
IP6-10
I
B
G1AR
CAS9
CA86-20
I
YCAS83
YCA36-11
CA36-10CA86-23
I W
CA190-5
B
RC22-1RC33-2*
BRCS1
BCAS10
BBCA36-13
G15ALG15AR**
JBS56B
BCA170-12
20II
JBS56B
D
JB172-4
OYO
JB172-3
OO
08.208.1
08.208.1
WDRC22-8RC33-3*
20.2
IP5-3
B
IP29-1IP10-2
OYOIP29-5
B
G37BL
BIPS68
WTM6-2TMS3
BTL10-2
TL10-5
N
OTL10-4
B
B
P
EN16-123EN65-88 (2.0L)
EN16-124EN65-89 (2.0L)
Y
GC
C
20.1
20.1
BIP6-8
I
R
IP18-5
IP18-4
I
II
III
4
B
I
B
B
O
P
IP65-1
B
G37AR
CA416-1
W
CA416-2
BRD
W
BRDCA417-1
CA417-2
I
Security System Security System Fig. 12.3
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFTSYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
PASSIVEANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
PATSPOWER
PATSGROUND
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
SECURITY INDICATOR
DOOR AJARSWITCH
LH FRONT DOORLATCH ASSEMBLY
DOOR AJARSWITCH
RH FRONT DOORLATCH ASSEMBLY
NOTE: BLS3 – PoweredRear Windows only.
DOOR AJARSWITCH
LH REAR DOORLATCH ASSEMBLY
NOTE: BRS4 – PoweredRear Windows only.
DOOR AJARSWITCH
RH REAR DOORLATCH ASSEMBLY
TRUNK AJARSWITCH
NOT CONNECTED
TRUNK LOCKMOTOR
HOOD SECURITYSWITCH
POWER
SECURITYCONTROL
REMOTESECURITY
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
INCLINATION SENSOR
* NOTE: Roof Console withoutPrinted Circuit Board.
INTRUSIONSENSOR
ROOF CONSOLE
RADIOREMOVED
AUDIO UNIT
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
HORNS
TURN SIGNAL FLASH
HORN RELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
PASSIVESECURITY SOUNDER
ACTIVESECURITY SOUNDER
NOTE: Check market specification and/or vehicle option specificationfor fitment of the following Security Components:
INCLINATION SENSORINTRUSION SENSORPASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDERACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER
All Vehicles
NOTE: ECM power supplies andgrounds shown on Fig. 03.1or 03.3.
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
KEY-IN
IGNITION SWITCH
REMOTESECURITY
EXTERNAL ANTENNA(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
IP16-4 IP5-21
WG WGJB129-8
WGJBS19
GW
JB172-23
O
22 OY
23 OJB172-1
JB172-5
IP6-1
B
G5AS(G5AR)
CA86-5
B
G4AL
IP6-5
GR I
IP5-4
GU I
IP6-4
W I
GU
JB172-2
WB
IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)
IP16-6
IP16-3
BB
62II
59II
61II
IP16-2
GRIPS22
IP16-8
WBJB3-3
WB
IP16-1
GU
IP16-10
W
IP16-7
WBJB3-13
WB
IP16-9
WGJB3-7
WG
O
I
OJB109-2JB109-1
JB63-5
JB63-2
G14AR
BJB65-2JB65-1
WB
JB63-1
JB63-3
JB63-4
B
GR
WG
WB
JBS26
GRJB129-7*JB3-11
GR 43II
GR
WG
WB
GR
5
2
R1
1
3
4
WB
61II
OYU
GU
27
GU
OY3
2
R5
1
5
4
E96
BJBS54
G10AL
JB130-19
WG
G37BL(G36BL)
B
B
U
Y20.2
20.2
IP5-19
IP5-18
S
SSCP
P
GW
F19 15AJB35-33 JB35-34
GW 63II
(1)
(2)
Wash / Wipe System Wash / Wipe System Fig. 13.1
FLICK WIPE
WASHER
FAST WIPE
INTERMITTENTWIPE
INTERMITTENT SELECT
WIPER PARK
SLOW WIPE
WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY
WASH / WIPECONTROL
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
POWER WASH PUMPRELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
POWER WASHPUMP
RUN
PARK
HIGH SPEED
LOW SPEED
WIPER MOTOR ASSEMBLY
WINDSHIELDWIPER MOTOR
RELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
WINDSHIELD WASHERPUMP
Non Rain Sensing Vehicles
SIDE LAMPS STATUS
NOTE: Headlamp Power Wash enabled when Side Lamps On.
* NOTE: JB129-7 – early production vehicles.NOTATION:
(1) Later production vehicles.(2) Early Production vehicles.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
IP16-4 IP5-21
WG WGJB129-8
WGJBS19
GW
JB172-23
O
22 OY
23 OJB172-1
JB172-5
IP6-1
B
G5AS(G5AR)
CA86-5
B
G4AL
IP6-5
GR I
IP5-4
GU I
IP6-4
W I
GU
JB172-2
WB
IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)
IP16-6
IP16-3
BB
62II
59II
61II
IP16-2
GRIPS22
IP16-8
WBJB3-3
WB
IP16-1
GU
IP16-10
W
IP16-7
WBJB3-13
WB
IP16-9
WGCA230-15
WG
O
I
JB63-5
JB63-2
G14AR
BJB65-2JB65-1
WB
JB63-1
JB63-3
JB63-4
B
GR
WG
WB
JBS26
GR
WG
WB
GR
5
2
R1
1
3
4
WB
60II
OYU
GU
27
GU
OY3
2
R5
1
5
4
E96
BJBS54
G10AL
JB130-19
WG
CA6-1
O
O
U
CA6-6
CA6-8
CA6-12
B
G15ARG15AL**
IWCA6-10
GCA6-9
RC15-3
O
RC15-2
RC15-1
CA35-3
CA35-2
CA35-1
U
W
G
ICA6-7
ICA6-4
ICA6-11
ICA6-5
CA6-3
O
CA6-2
O
WG** WR
WB
GU
WB
GR
CA10-10
IPS23
CA241-5
GU
CA10-21
WB
WG
CA10-1
WG
JBS40
CA10-9
WB
CA241-6
GR
G37BL(G36BL)
U
Y20.2
20.2
IP5-19
IP5-18
S
SSCP
B
B
P
P
B
OJB109-2JB109-1
GRJB129-7*JB3-11
GR 43II
GW
F19 15AJB35-33 JB35-34
GW 63II
O
(1)
(2)JBS48
OCA10-3
Wash / Wipe System with Rain Sensing Wash / Wipe System with Rain Sensing Fig. 13.2
FLICK WIPE
WASHER
FAST WIPE
INTERMITTENTWIPE
INTERMITTENT SELECT
WIPER PARK
SLOW WIPE
WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY
RAIN SENSOR
POWER
GROUND
WASH / WIPECONTROL
RAIN SENSINGCONTROL MODULE
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
POWER WASH PUMPRELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
POWER WASHPUMP
RUN
PARK
HIGH SPEED
LOW SPEED
WIPER MOTOR ASSEMBLY
WINDSHIELDWIPER MOTOR
RELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
NOTATION:
(1) Later production vehicles.(2) Early Production vehicles.
Rain Sensing Vehicles
SIDE LAMPS STATUS
NOTE: Headlamp Power Wash enabled when Side Lamps On.
** NOTE: WG, G15AL – early production vehicles.
* NOTE: JB129-7 – early production vehicles.WINDSHIELD WASHER
PUMP
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
UCA15-3
FL2-8
FL2-7
B
OY
BLS1
BLS2
BRS1
CA87-17O
22 OYJB172-1
IP6-1
B
G5AS(G5AR)
FL1-5
BW
FL1-14
B
G15ALG15AR**
CAS10 CA15-2 FLS1
BBBFL1-2
YFL1-1
RFL1-10
YBFL1-9
RWFL1-20
OFL1-19
WFL1-13
GFL1-12
U
FL1-15
GW52II
GCA15-4
WCA15-5
OCA15-6
RWCA15-13
YBCA15-14
RCA15-11
YCA15-12
BWCA15-7
WG
FR10-8
B
G4AL
CA20-2 FRS1
BB
FR10-7
OFR10-3
W
BL1-7
YBL1-3
R
BL1-8
BW BWCA25-7
BR1-7
YBR1-3
R
BR1-8
BW BWCA30-7
FL2-2
GW
FL2-6
WG
FL2-4
U
FL2-3
G
FR2-8
FR2-7
B
OY
FR2-2
GU
FR2-6
WG
FR2-4
W
FR2-3
O
BL2-8
BL2-7
B
OY
BL2-2
GW
BL2-6
WG
BL2-4
R
BL2-3
Y
BR2-8
BR2-7
B
OY
BR2-2
GU
BR2-6
WG
BR2-4
R
BR2-3
Y
CAS59
WG
WG
36
45II
49II
38
CA30-6
CA25-6
CA20-10
WG
39
46II
CA15-10CAS22
WG
37
51II
B B BFLS1 CA15-2 CAS10
G15ALG15AR**
CA30-2
BRS2
FRS2
FRS3
CA30-1
CA25-2
CA25-1
CA20-6
CA20-5
CA15-15
CA15-1
U
G
W
O
R
Y
R
Y
B BFRS1 CA20-2
G4AL
B B BBLS3 CA25-3 CAS10
G15ALG15AR**
B B BBRS4 CA30-3 CAS8
G4AR
O
WG 14.3
CAS10B
G15ALG15AR**
FLS1B B
CA15-2 FL3-6
FL3-5
FL3-7
BB
CA86-16CA16-5
G I
IP5-3
B I
B
CA416-1
W
CA416-2
BRD
W
BRDCA417-1
CA417-2
I
Powered Windows: LHD Powered Windows: LHD Fig. 14.1
KEY BARRELSWITCH
LH FRONT DOORLATCH
REARWINDOWSISOLATE
CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
REAR WINDOWISOLATE
LH FRONTWINDOW
RH FRONTWINDOW
LH REARWINDOW
RH REARWINDOW
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
PASSENGER DOORSWITCH PACK
LH REAR DOORSWITCH PACK
RH REAR DOORSWITCH PACK
* NOTE: Remote Global Close –ROW vehicles only.
GLOBALCLOSE
GLOBALCLOSE
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
SLIDING ROOF
MOTORCONTROL
RELAY
POSITIONSENSORS
LH FRONT WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
MOTORCONTROL
RELAY
POSITIONSENSORS
RH FRONT WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
MOTORCONTROL
RELAY
POSITIONSENSORS
LH REAR WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
MOTORCONTROL
RELAY
POSITIONSENSORS
RH REAR WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
LHD Vehicles
NOTE: Vehicles with Manual Rear Windows –Rear Window Switches, Motors and associated wiring deleted.
REMOTEGLOBAL CLOSE*
REMOTEGLOBAL CLOSE*
EXTERNAL ANTENNA(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
SET
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
WCA20-5
FL2-8
FL2-7
B
OY
BLS1
BLS2
BRS1
FR1-5
BW
FL10-8
B
G15ALG15AR*
CAS10 CA15-2 FLS1
BBB
FR1-2
YFR1-1
RFR1-10
YBFR1-9
RWFR1-13
GFR1-12
UFR1-20
OFR1-19
W
FR1-15
GU47II
OCA20-6
UCA20-3
GCA20-4
RWCA20-13
YBCA20-14
RCA20-11
YCA20-12
BWCA20-7
FR1-14
B
G4AL
CA20-2 FRS1
BB
FL10-7
OFL10-3
W
BL1-7
YBL1-3
R
BL1-8
BW BWCA25-7
BR1-7
YBR1-3
R
BR1-8
BW BWCA30-7
FL2-2
GU
FL2-6
WG
FR2-4
U
FR2-3
GFR2-8
FR2-7
B
OY
FR2-2
GW
FR2-6
WG
FL2-4
W
FL2-3
O
BL2-8
BL2-7
B
OY
BL2-2
GW
BL2-6
WG
BL2-4
R
BL2-3
Y
BR2-8
BR2-7
B
OY
BR2-2
GU
BR2-6
WG
BR2-4
R
BR2-3
Y
CAS59
WG
WG
36
45II
49II
38
CA30-6
CA25-6
CA20-10
WGCA15-10
CAS22WG
37
50II
B B BFLS1 CA15-2 CAS10
G15ALG15AR*
CA30-2
BRS2
FLS11
FLS10
CA30-1
CA25-2
CA25-1
CA15-6
CA15-5
CA20-15
CA20-1
U
G
W
O
R
Y
R
Y
B BFRS1 CA20-2
G4AL
B B BBLS3 CA25-3 CAS10
G15ALG15AR*
B B BBRS4 CA30-3 CAS8
G4AR
O
48II
39
WG 14.3
CA87-17O
22 OYJB172-1
IP6-1
B
WG
G4AL
FRS1B B
CA20-2 FR3-6
FR3-5
FR3-7
BB
CA86-16CA21-5
G I
G5AS(G5AR)
IP5-3
B I
B
CA416-1
W
CA416-2
BRD
W
BRDCA417-1
CA417-2
I
Powered Windows: RHD Powered Windows: RHD Fig. 14.2
KEY BARRELSWITCH
RH FRONT DOORLATCH ASSEMBLY
REARWINDOWSISOLATE
CONTROL
REAR WINDOWISOLATE
RH FRONTWINDOW
LH FRONTWINDOW
LH REARWINDOW
RH REARWINDOW
DRIVERDOOR
SWITCH PACK
PASSENGER DOORSWITCH PACK
LH REAR DOORSWITCH PACK
RH REAR DOORSWITCH PACK
REMOTEGLOBAL CLOSE
GLOBALCLOSE
GLOBALCLOSE
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
SLIDING ROOF
MOTORCONTROL
RELAY
POSITIONSENSORS
RH FRONT WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
MOTORCONTROL
RELAY
POSITIONSENSORS
LH FRONT WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
MOTORCONTROL
RELAY
POSITIONSENSORS
LH REAR WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
MOTORCONTROL
RELAY
POSITIONSENSORS
RH REAR WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
NOTE: Vehicles with Manual Rear Windows –Rear Window Switches, Motors and associated wiring deleted.
RHD Vehicles
EXTERNAL ANTENNA(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
REMOTEGLOBAL CLOSE
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
SET
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
CA87-20
O
RC14-2
I
RC14-9
O WU
CA87-17
O
22 OYJB172-1
IP6-1
B
G5AS(G5AR)
WGCAS22
WGWGWG
U
Y20.2
20.2
IP5-19
IP5-18
S
S
U
WG
WGCA36-6
WG
UCA36-2
14.2 14.1
RC14-6
RC14-7
WURC14-1
O
I
59
53II
G15ALG15AR***
BRC14-10
B B BRCS1 CAS10CA36-13
RC22-5RC34-2*
RC22-4RC34-5*
RC22-1RC34-6*
B
RC14-8
O Y
CAS10B
G15ALG15AR***
FLS1B B
CA15-2 FL3-6
FL3-5
FL3-7
BB
CA86-16CA16-5
G I
G4AL
FRS1B B
CA20-2 FR3-6
FR3-5
FR3-7
BB
CA86-16CA21-5
G I
SCP
IP5-3
B I
B
P
B
B
CA416-1
W
CA416-2
BRD
W
BRDCA417-1
CA417-2
I
Sliding Roof Sliding Roof Fig. 14.3
WINDOW CLOSE
VEHICLESPEED
SET / LOCK (LHD)
KEY BARRELSWITCH
LH FRONT DOORLATCH ASSEMBLY
SET / LOCK (RHD)
KEY BARRELSWITCH
RH FRONT DOORLATCH ASSEMBLY
GLOBALCLOSE
VEHICLESPEED
REMOTEGLOBAL CLOSE **
GLOBALCLOSE (LHD)
GLOBALCLOSE (RHD)
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
OPEN / DOWN
TILT / CLOSE
SLIDING ROOFCONTROL MODULE
* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.
SLIDING ROOFMOTOR ASSEMBLY
ROOF CONSOLE
Sliding Roof Vehicles
EXTERNAL ANTENNA(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
**NOTE: Remote Global Close –ROW vehicles only.
REMOTEGLOBAL CLOSE **
*** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
*** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
In-Car Entertainment: Standard Fig. 15.1In-Car Entertainment: Standard
YG
W
Y
W
Y
ID1-1
BOF
ID1-2
BOF
IP65-1
B
AM
U
Y20.2
20.2
IP65-9
IP65-10
S
S
YG
NW58IP65-11
IP65-2
OIP65-17
I
SW4-2
SW4-3
03.2 YG
UY
YG
JB1-24
IIP65-18
FL6-2
FL6-1
BL4-2
BL4-1
FR5-1
FR5-2
BR4-1
BR4-2
IP106-J1 CA117-1CA189-1
IP65-8
R O
+–
SW3-2
SW3-3
B
UY
BSWS1
IP106-J2 CA117-2CA189-2
YGJB129-14
IP34-6
IP34-7
5I
12.3
CD2-1
BOF
CD2-2
BOF
D2
D2
20.3
20.3
09.2
G37AR
CA115-2
6I
CA183-2
FMCA183-1
YIP65-7
I16.1
IP65-19
O O20.3
BCA301-1
G1AL
OYCA301-2
55D2
D2
20.3
20.3
IP65-14
W
IP65-13
Y
IP65-3
WU
IP65-4
YU
IP65-5
WG
IP65-6
YR
IP65-16
WR
IP65-15
YR
CA16-2
CA16-1
CA230-6
CA230-5
WU
YU
WU
YUCA25-13
CA25-12
CA230-8
CA230-7
WG
YR
WG
YRCA30-13
CA30-12
CA230-10
CA230-9
WR
YR
WR
YRCA21-2
CA21-1
CA230-12
CA230-11D2B
57
CA301-3
O I20.3
16.216.316.4
B
B
P
P
P
B
B
P
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
B
(2.5, 3.0 L)
(2.0 L)BJBS55
G14AL
RADIO ILLUMINATION
SECURITY SYSTEM:RADIO REMOVED SENSING
TELEPHONE:MUTE
D2B NETWORK:“WAKE-UP”
PHONE;VOICE
VOLUME SEEK MODE
CASSETTE
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
CASSETTE
ECM: GROUND
NOTE:
55 – Navigation vehicles.57 – Non Navigation vehicles.
D2B NETWORK“WAKE-UP”
CD AUTOCHANGER AUDIO UNIT
COAXIAL CABLE
ANTENNAMODULE
COAXIAL CABLES
HEATED REAR WINDOW
LH FRONTSPEAKER
LH REARSPEAKER
RH FRONTSPEAKER
RH REARSPEAKER
Standard ICE Vehicles
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
In-Car Entertainment: Premium In-Car Entertainment: Premium Fig. 15.2
YG
W
Y
W
Y
ID1-1
BOF
ID1-2
BOF
IP65-1
B
AM
U
Y20.2
20.2
IP65-9
IP65-10
S
S
YG
NW58IP65-11
IP65-2
OIP65-17
I
SW4-2
SW4-3
UY
YG
IIP65-18
FL6-2
FL6-1
BL5-2
BL5-1
FR5-1
FR5-2
BR8-1
BR8-2
IP106-J1 CA117-1CA189-1
IP65-8
R O
+–
SW3-2
SW3-3
B
UY
BSWS1
IP106-J2 CA117-2CA189-2
IP34-6
IP34-7
5I
12.3
CD2-1
BOF
CD2-2
BOF
D2
D2
20.3
20.3
09.2
G37AR
CA115-2
6I
CA183-2
FMCA183-1
YIP65-7
I16.1
IP65-19
O O20.3
BCA301-1
G1AL
OYCA301-2
57D2
D2
20.3
20.3
IP65-14
W
IP65-13
Y
IP65-3
WU
IP65-4
YU
IP65-5
WG
IP65-6
YR
IP65-16
WR
IP65-15
YR
CA16-2
CA16-1
CA230-6
CA230-5
WU
YU
WU
YUCA25-13
CA25-12
CA230-8
CA230-7
WG
YR
WG
YRCA30-13
CA30-12
CA230-10
CA230-9
WR
YR
WR
YRCA21-2
CA21-1
CA230-12
CA230-11
D2B
W
Y
FL8-2
FL8-1
BL4-2
BL4-1
WU
YU
FR8-1
FR8-2
WR
YR
BR4-1
BR4-2
WG
YR
FRS6
FRS5
BRS6
BRS5
BLS6
BLS5
FLS9
FLS8W
Y
WU
YU
WG
YR
WR
YRCAS78
CAS77
CAS56
CAS55
CAS52
CAS51
CAS76
CAS75
CA124-1
B
G2AS
CA124-2
W I
CA124-7
NRCA124-9
YR
CA124-10
WR
CA124-5
YR
CA124-8
WG
CA124-14
YU
CA124-11
WU
CA124-12
Y
CA124-13
W
IP65-12
WOCA230-2
60
+ ve
- ve
+ ve
- ve
+ ve
- ve
+ ve
- ve
55
CA301-3
O I20.3
16.216.316.4
WRYRWGYR
W Y WU YU
B
B
B
P
P P
B
B
P
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
03.2 YGJB1-24
YGJB129-14
B
(2.5, 3.0 L)
(2.0 L)BJBS55
G14AL
RADIO ILLUMINATION
SECURITY SYSTEM:RADIO REMOVED SENSING
TELEPHONE:MUTE
D2B NETWORK:NETWORK “WAKE-UP”
PHONE;VOICE
VOLUME SEEK MODE
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
ECM: GROUND
NOTE:
55 – Navigation vehicles.57 – Non Navigation vehicles.
D2B NETWORK“WAKE-UP”
CD AUTOCHANGER
AUDIO UNIT
COAXIAL CABLE
ANTENNAMODULE
COAXIAL CABLES
HEATED REAR WINDOW LH FRONTMID BASSSPEAKER
LH FRONTTWEETER
LH REARMID BASSSPEAKER
LH REARTWEETER
RH FRONTMID BASSSPEAKER
RH FRONTTWEETER
RH REARMID BASSSPEAKER
RH REARTWEETER
SUB WOOFER
Premium ICE Vehicles
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Telephone System: ROW Telephone System: ROW Fig. 16.1
PP1-4
RU
PH1-31
YB YBCA407-2
PH1-32
O OCA407-3
PH1-16
OG OGCA407-4
PH1-15
YU YUCA407-5
PH11-4
CA35-10
CA35-7
CA35-9
CA35-8
RU
YB
O
OG
YU
PH1-1
BOF
BOF20.320.4CD3-1
CD3-2
NR
Y
PH1-12
PH1-29
PH1-25
B
G39AS
PH1-30
NR I
51
28II
D2
D220.320.4
PH1-23
O20.3 O
PH1-9
B
PHS3
NRPH1-13
52
YGPH1-14
11I
PH1-4
Y O
PH5-1 PH6-1
PH6-2PH5-2
PH3-1
PH3-2
PP1-7
BGPH11-7
BGPH1-26
PP1-8
YUPH11-8
YUPH1-3
PP1-5
YBPH11-5
YBPH1-20
PP1-6
YUPH11-6
YUPH1-22
PP1-2
YGPH11-2
YGPH1-8
PP1-3
YPPH11-3
YRPH1-24
PP1-9
YSPH11-9
YBPH1-7
B
17.1
RC22-15
RC22-16
RC22-18
RC22-17
RC22-1 CAS10B
G15ALG15AR***
BBBCA36-13RCS1
O
O
I
I
PH1-18
PH1-17
CA406-2
CA406-1
CA35-5
CA35-4
G
Y
G
Y
WPH1-11CA406-3CA35-6
BRD BRD
G
Y
RC22-12RC31-2*
RC22-11RC31-1*
BRD W W W W
I
I
I
YNA7-13
YIP65-7
YIP70-10
Y
Y
Y
Y
CA414-8
CAS49CA241-8
CA1-19
CA407-7
NRNRCA241-13 CA407-1
G
Y
RCS6*
RCS7*
PH13-1
PH13-2
PH3-1
PH3-2
B
B
B
B
P
P
I
I
D
D
O
O
I
I
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
AUDIO UNIT
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
MICROPHONE
ROOF CONSOLE * NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM:AIRBAG DEPLOYED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
D2B NETWORK:“WAKE-UP”
NOTE: CAS49 – Navigation only.
TELEPHONE
MUTE
JaguarNet **
INFORMATION
ASSIST
CELLULAR PHONECONTROL MODULE
COAXIAL CABLE
COAXIAL CABLE
TELEPHONEANTENNA(BUMPER)
TELEPHONEANTENNA
(WITH JaguarNet)
TELEPHONE
COMPUTER
HANDSETRECEIVER
JaguarNetGPS ANTENNA
INFORMATION
ASSIST
ROOF CONSOLE
** NOTE: JaguarNet components, wiring and circuitry – JaguarNet vehicles only.
ROW Vehicles
*** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Telephone System: NAS Telephone System: NAS Fig. 16.2
PH1-31
YB YBCA407-2
PH1-32
O OCA407-3
PH1-16
OG OGCA407-4
PH1-15
YU YUCA407-5
PH10-3
CA35-10
CA35-7
CA35-9
CA35-8
RU
YB
O
OG
YU
PH1-1
BOF
BOF20.320.4CD3-1
CD3-2
NR
Y
PH1-12
PH1-29
PH1-25
B
G39AS
51
28II
D2
D220.320.4
PH1-23
O20.3 O
PH1-9
B
PHS3
NRPH1-13
52
YGPH1-14
11I
PH5-1 PH6-1
PH6-2PH5-2
PH9-1
PH9-2
PH10-2
BGPH1-26
PH10-8
WGPH1-2
PH10-9
YUPH1-3
PH10-1
YPH1-6
PH10-10
YPH1-5
PH10-7
BOPH1-10
PH10-4
YGPH1-21
B
RC22-15
RC22-16
RC22-18
RC22-17
RC22-1 CAS10B
G15ALG15AR***
BBBCA36-13RCS1
O
O
I
I
PH1-18
PH1-17
CA406-2
CA406-1
CA35-5
CA35-4
G
Y
G
Y
WPH1-11CA406-3CA35-6
BRD BRD
G
Y
RC22-12RC31-2*
RC22-11RC31-1*
BRD W W W WPH10-5
YBPH1-20
PH10-6
YUPH1-22
PH4-1
PH4-2PH1-4
Y O
I
I
I
YNA7-13
YIP65-7
YIP70-10
Y
Y
Y
Y
CA414-8
CAS49CA241-8
CA1-19
CA407-7
PH1-30
NR I17.1 NRNRCA241-13 CA407-1
G
Y
RCS6*
RCS7*
PH9-1
PH9-2
PH12-1
PH12-2
B
B
B
B
P
P
D
D
D
I
I
O
O
O
I
I
I
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
AUDIO UNIT
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
MICROPHONE
ROOF CONSOLE* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM:AIRBAG DEPLOYED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
D2B NETWORK:“WAKE-UP”
NOTE: CAS49 – Navigation only.
TELEPHONE
MUTE
JaguarNet **
INFORMATION
ASSIST
CELLULAR PHONECONTROL MODULE
COAXIAL CABLE
HANDSETRECEIVER
COAXIAL CABLE
COAXIAL CABLE
TELEPHONEANTENNA(BUMPER)
TELEPHONEANTENNA
(WITH JaguarNet)
JaguarNetGPS ANTENNA
INFORMATION
ASSIST
ROOF CONSOLE
** NOTE: JaguarNet components, wiring and circuitry – JaguarNet vehicles only.
NAS Vehicles
*** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
PH2-1
PP1-4
RU
PH1-31
YB YBCA407-2
PH1-32
O OCA407-3
PH1-16
OG OGCA407-4
PH1-15
YU YUCA407-5
PH11-4
CA35-10
CA35-7
CA35-9
CA35-8
RU
YB
O
OG
YU
PH1-1
BOF
BOF20.320.4CD3-1
CD3-2
NR
Y
PH1-12
PH1-29
PH1-25
B
G39AS
51
28II
D2
D220.320.4
PH1-23
O20.3 O
PH1-9
B
PHS3
NRPH1-13
52
YGPH1-14
11I
PH5-1 PH6-1
PH6-2PH5-2
PH3-1
PH3-2
PP1-7
BGPH11-7
BGPH1-26
PP1-8
YUPH11-8
YUPH1-3
PP1-5
YBPH11-5
YBPH1-20
PP1-6
YUPH11-6
YUPH1-22
PP1-2
YGPH11-2
YGPH1-8
PP1-3
YPPH11-3
YRPH1-24
PP1-9
YSPH11-9
YBPH1-7
B
RC22-15
RC22-16
RC22-18
RC22-17
RC22-1 CAS10B
G15ALG15AR***
BBBCA36-13RCS1
O
O
I
I
PH1-18
PH1-17
CA406-2
CA406-1
CA35-5
CA35-4
G
Y
G
Y
WPH1-11CA406-3CA35-6
BRD BRD
G
Y
RC22-12RC31-2*
RC22-11RC31-1*
BRD W W W WBRD
G
Y
WPH2-2
PH2-12 PH2-13
PH2-3
BOF
BOF20.320.4CD4-1
CD4-2
WRPH2-6
25II
D2
D220.320.4
PH2-14
O20.3 O
NRPH2-22
50
YGPH2-8
10I
D2B
PH2-11
B
B
PH1-4
YO
I
I
I
YNA7-13
YIP65-7
YIP70-10
Y
Y
Y
Y
CA414-8
CAS49 CA241-8
CA1-19
CA407-7
PH1-30
NR I17.1 NRNRCA241-13 CA407-1
ID1-1
BOF
ID1-2
BOF
SW4-2
SW4-3
03.2 YG
UY
YG
JB1-24
IIP65-18
SW3-2
SW3-3
B
UY
BSWS1
YG
JB129-14IP34-6
IP34-7
D2
D2
20.3
20.3
20.4
20.4
G
Y
RCS6*
RCS7*
PH3-1
PH3-2
PH13-1
PH13-2
B
B
B
B
P
P
P
B
B
B
I
I
I
I
I
D
D
O
O
B(2.5, 3.0 L) (2.0 L) BJBS55
G14AL
Telephone System with Voice: ROW Telephone System with Voice: ROW Fig. 16.3
ECM: GROUND
PHONE;VOICE
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
AUDIO UNIT
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
MICROPHONE
ROOF CONSOLE* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.
D2B NETWORK:“WAKE-UP”
D2B NETWORK:“WAKE-UP”
VOICE ACTIVATIONCONTROL MODULE
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM:AIRBAG DEPLOYED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
MUTE
TELEPHONE
JaguarNet **
INFORMATION
ASSIST
CELLULAR PHONECONTROL MODULE
** NOTE: JaguarNet components, wiring and circuitry – JaguarNet vehicles only.
COAXIAL CABLE
COAXIAL CABLE
NOTE: CAS49 – Navigation only.NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
AUDIO UNIT
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
TELEPHONE ANTENNA(BUMPER)
TELEPHONE ANTENNA(WITH JaguarNet)
TELEPHONE
COMPUTER
HANDSETRECEIVER
JaguarNetGPS ANTENNA
INFORMATION
ASSIST
ROOF CONSOLE
NOTE: Japan Vehicles with Voice Activation Control, refer to Fig. 16.7.
ROW Vehicles
*** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
PH2-1
PH1-31
YB YBCA407-2
PH1-32
O OCA407-3
PH1-16
OG OGCA407-4
PH1-15
YU YUCA407-5
CA35-10
CA35-7
CA35-9
CA35-8
YB
O
OG
YU
BOF
BOF20.320.4CD3-1
CD3-2
NR
Y
PH1-12
PH1-29
PH1-25
B
G39AS
51
28II
D2
D220.320.4
PH1-23
O20.3 O
PH1-9
B
PHS3
NRPH1-13
52
YGPH1-14
11I
PH5-1 PH6-1
PH6-2PH5-2
B
RC22-15
RC22-16
RC22-18
RC22-17
RC22-1 CAS10B
G15ALG15AR***
BBBCA36-13RCS1
O
O
I
I
PH1-18
PH1-17
CA406-2
CA406-1
CA35-5
CA35-4
G
Y
G
Y
WPH1-11CA406-3CA35-6
BRD BRD
G
Y
RC22-12RC31-2*
RC22-11RC31-1*
BRD W W W WBRD
G
Y
WPH2-2
PH2-12 PH2-13
PH2-3
BOF
BOF20.320.4CD4-1
CD4-2
WRPH2-6
25II
D2
D220.320.4
PH2-14
O20.3 O
NRPH2-22
50
YGPH2-8
10I
PH2-11
B
B
PH10-3
RUPH1-1
PH10-2
BGPH1-26
PH10-8
WGPH1-2
PH10-9
YUPH1-3
PH10-1
YPH1-6
PH10-10
YPH1-5
PH10-7
BOPH1-10
PH10-4
YGPH1-21
PH10-5
YBPH1-20
PH10-6
YUPH1-22
PH1-30
NR I17.1 NRNRCA241-13 CA407-1
PH1-4
YO
I
I
I
YNA7-13
YIP65-7
YIP70-10
Y
Y
Y
Y
CA414-8
CAS49 CA241-8
CA1-19
CA407-7
D2B
ID1-1
BOF
ID1-2
BOF
SW4-2
SW4-3
03.2 YG
UY
YG
JB1-24
IIP65-18
SW3-2
SW3-3
B
UY
BSWS1
YGJB129-14
IP34-6
IP34-7
D2
D2
20.3
20.3
20.4
20.4
G
Y
RCS6*
RCS7*
PH9-1
PH9-2
PH4-1
PH4-2
PH9-1
PH9-2
PH12-1
PH12-2
B
B
B
B
P
P
P
B
B
B
D
D
D
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
I
Telephone System with Voice: NAS Telephone System with Voice: NAS Fig. 16.4
ECM: GROUND
PHONE;VOICE
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
AUDIO UNIT
MICROPHONE
ROOF CONSOLE* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.
D2B NETWORK:“WAKE-UP”
D2B NETWORK:“WAKE-UP”
VOICE ACTIVATIONCONTROL MODULE
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM:AIRBAG DEPLOYED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
MUTE
TELEPHONE
JaguarNet **
INFORMATION
ASSIST
CELLULAR PHONECONTROL MODULE
COAXIAL CABLE
** NOTE: JaguarNet components, wiring and circuitry – JaguarNet vehicles only.
NOTE: CAS49 – Navigation only.NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
AUDIO UNIT
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
HANDSETRECEIVER
COAXIAL CABLE
COAXIAL CABLE
TELEPHONEANTENNA(BUMPER)
TELEPHONEANTENNA
(WITH JaguarNet)
JaguarNetGPS ANTENNA
INFORMATION
ASSIST
ROOF CONSOLE
NAS Vehicles
*** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Voice Control System Voice Control System Fig. 16.5
PH2-1
G1BR
CA406-2
CA406-1
CA35-5
CA35-4
G
Y
WCA406-3CA35-6
BRD
G
Y
RC22-12RC31-2*
RC22-11RC31-1*
BRD W W W BRD
G
Y
WPH2-2
PH2-12
BOF
BOF20.320.4CD4-1
CD4-2
WRPH2-6
25II
D2
D220.320.4
PH2-14
O20.3 O
NRPH2-22
50
YGPH2-8
10I
PH2-11
B
D2B
ID1-1
BOF
ID1-2
BOF
SW4-2
SW4-3
03.2 YG
UY
JB1-24
IIP65-18
SW3-2
SW3-3
B
UY
BSWS1
YG
IP34-6
IP34-7
D2
D2
20.3
20.3
20.4
20.4
G
Y
RCS6*
RCS7*
B
B
B
P
I
I
YGJB129-14
B
(2.5, 3.0 L)
(2.0 L) BJBS55
G14AL
ECM: GROUND
PHONE;VOICE
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
AUDIO UNIT
MICROPHONE
ROOF CONSOLE* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.
D2B NETWORK:“WAKE-UP”
VOICE ACTIVATIONCONTROL MODULE
NOTE: Japan Vehicles with Voice Activation Control, refer to Fig. 16.7.
Voice Only Vehicles
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
U
Y20.2
20.2
NA7-4
NA7-14
S
S
UUNA1-20
BOF
BOF20.320.4CD5-1
CD5-2
OY
YGNA7-1
NA7-11
B
G40BS
54
D2
D220.320.4
NA7-3
O20.3 O
NA7-13
Y16.116.216.316.4 I
NA7-2
8I
NA6-1 NA12-1
NA12-2NA6-2
GB
YG
IP70-12
B
G37BR
OIP70-9
IP70-2
IP70-1
4I
18
09.2
NA24-2 IP70-15
YYNA1-7 NA24-1 IP70-4
UUNA1-15 NA24-4 IP70-17
GGNA1-2 NA24-3 IP70-7
YYNA1-3 NA24-6 IP70-5
RRNA1-14 NA24-5 IP70-6
BRDWNA1-16 NA24-8 IP70-8
BBNA1-1 NA24-7 IP70-18
W WBRD W
56 B
B
P
P
B
B
I
Navigation System (except Japan) Navigation System (except Japan) Fig. 16.6
NOTE:
54 – Vehicles with Navigation and CD Autochanger.56 – Vehicles with Navigation only.
D2B NETWORK:“WAKE-UP”
TELEPHONE: MUTE
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
COAXIAL CABLE
NAVIGATIONGPS ANTENNA
NAVIGATION SCREENAND
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
DIMMER-CONTROLLEDLIGHTING
NAV Vehicles except Japan
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Navigation System: Japan Navigation System: Japan Fig. 16.7
U
Y20.2
20.2
NA7-4
NA7-14
S
S
U
CA222-1
NA9-6
CA222-2
NA25-1
NA25-2
NA25-7
NA25-8
NA25-3
NA25-4
NA25-5
NA25-6
U
IP136-1
R
NA1-20
BOF
BOF20.320.4CD5-1
CD5-2
OY
YGNA7-1
NA7-11
B
G40BS
NA2-5
54
D2
D220.320.4
NA7-3
O20.3 O
NA7-13
Y16.116.216.316.4 I
NA2-6
NA2-11
CA406-1
CA406-2
CA35-4
CA35-5
Y
G
Y
G
WNA2-12CA406-3CA35-6
BRD BRD
Y
GRC22-12
RC22-11
BRD W W W W
NA7-2NAS4
B
B
8I
NA6-1 NA12-1
NA12-2NA6-2
GB
YG
IP70-12
B
G37BR
OIP70-9
IP70-2
IP70-1
4I
18
09.2
NA24-2 IP70-15
YYNA1-7 NA24-1 IP70-4
UUNA1-15 NA24-4 IP70-17
GGNA1-2 NA24-3 IP70-7
YYNA1-3 NA24-6 IP70-5
RRNA1-14 NA24-5 IP70-6
BRDWNA1-16 NA24-8 IP70-8
BBNA1-1 NA24-7 IP70-18
W WBRD W
NR
YGNA9-3
NA9-4
49
7I
56
NA9-5
NA9-1 NA2-4
NA9-2 NA2-10
NA9-7
BRDNA2-9
K
W
RR
BRD
NA10-1
NA10-2
W W
NA11-1
NA11-2
NA8-1
NA8-2
GGNA2-1 NA24-12 IP70-19
RRNA2-2 NA24-14 IP70-21
UUNA2-7 NA24-13 IP70-20
BRDWNA2-3 NA24-16 IP70-11
YYNA2-8 NA24-15 IP70-22
W WBRD W
YI 16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4IP70-10
IP136-2
BRD
IP137-1
R
IP137-2
BRD
IP138-1
R
IP138-2
BRD
IP139-1
R
IP139-2
BRD
R
BRD
R
BRD
R
BRD
R
BRD
NA20-1
NA20-2
NA21-1
NA21-2
NA22-1
NA22-2
NA23-1
NA23-2
B
B
PP
B
B
I
I
I
I
B
B
I
I
I
I
P
NOTE:
54 – Vehicles with Navigation and CD Autochanger.56 – Vehicles with Navigation only.
D2B NETWORK:“WAKE-UP”
TELEPHONE: MUTE
MICROPHONE
ROOF CONSOLE
VEHICLEINFORMATION
ANTENNAVICS
ANTENNAAMPLIFIER
VEHICLEINFORMATION
SENSOR
VEHICLE INFORMATIONCONTROL MODULE
NOTE: Vehicle Information components and wiring – VICS vehicles only.
NOTE: NAS4 – VICS vehicles only.
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
COAXIAL CABLE
NAVIGATIONGPS ANTENNA
NAVIGATION SCREEN,TELEVISION SCREEN,
ANDTELEMATICS DISPLAY
DIMMER-CONTROLLEDLIGHTING
TELEPHONE: MUTE
TVANTENNAAMPLIFIER
1
TELEVISIONANTENNA
1
TVANTENNAAMPLIFIER
2
TELEVISIONANTENNA
2
TVANTENNAAMPLIFIER
3
TELEVISIONANTENNA
3
TVANTENNAAMPLIFIER
4
TELEVISIONANTENNA
4
Japan NAV Vehicles
COAXIAL CABLE
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Advanced Restraint System Advanced Restraint System Fig. 17.1
OCA65-14
B
G15ALG15AR*(G4AR)
CA215-2
O
U
WS18-A
WS18-C
WS18-B
WS17-E
IP74-5GIP74-12
IP74-16
B
G37AR
CA165-23
W
18II
IP74-19
U O
U
W
RWS17-H
WS17-J
WS17-K
AL1-1
AL1-2
RW
BW
CA65-5
CA65-6
RW
BW
CA65-7
CA65-8
WR
NW
CA144-1
CA144-2
RW
BW
SW1-1
G
B
IP34-1
SW1-2IP34-2
SW2-1
G
B
IP34-9
SW2-2IP34-10
OGR
07.1
IP74-17
NR O16.116.216.316.4
IP74-22
O O07.2
IP74-11
W20.2 D
CA65-13 CA165-25
B RCA70-14CAS96 (LHD)
CAS97 (RHD)
B
G4AR(G15AL)
(G15AR*)
CA70-13 CA165-26
IP74-15 OIP140-3IP140-1
16II
CA215-1
CA165-27
W
CA165-28
N
CA216-2
CA216-1
CA165-29
W**
CA165-30
N
JB93-2
W
JB93-1
NCA165-19
W
CA165-20
NCA10-5
CA10-4
CA165-24
UCA65-2
CA65-1
OCA165-17
UCA165-18
C
CWS17-F CA70-2
CA70-1
C
C
GRWS17-G
17II
IP74-6
IP74-1
IP74-2
CA165-3
CA165-4
CA165-31
CA165-32
CA165-1
CA165-2
IP74-13
IP37-1
RW
BW
IP37-2
IP36-1
RW
BW
IP36-2
IP74-14
IP74-3
IP74-4
AD1-1
AD1-2
RW
BW
CA70-5
CA70-6
RW
BW
CA70-7
CA70-8
GO
BR
CA145-1
CA145-2
RW
BW
CA165-5
CA165-6
CA165-33
CA165-34
CA165-21
CA165-22
CA165-13
W
CA165-14
NCA140-2
CA140-1
CA165-15
W
CA165-16
NCA131-2
CA131-1
+
–
+
–
G4AR
B B BWS17-D CA70-4 CAS96 (LHD)
CAS97 (RHD)
B
P
B
H
H
H
U
FRONT IMPACTSENSOR
DRIVERSIDE IMPACT
SENSOR
PASSENGERSIDE IMPACT
SENSOR
DRIVERREAR SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR
PASSENGERREAR SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR
DRIVER SEATPOSITION SWITCH
DRIVERSEAT BELT SWITCH
PASSENGERSEAT BELT SWITCH
PASSENGER SEATWEIGHT
PRESSURE SENSORPASSENGER SEATWEIGHT SENSING
CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: The CAN Network connecting the SRS Control Modulesis a local CAN Network. It is not part of Powertrain CAN.
PASSENGER AIRBAGDEACTIVATED
INDICATOR LAMP
STAGEONE
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
TELEPHONE / VEMS: AIRBAG DEPLOYED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: AIRBAG WARNING(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
GECM: SEAT BELT AUDIBLE WARNING
STAGETWO
STAGETWO
STAGEONE
RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
DRIVERDUAL AIRBAGIGNITERS
DRIVERCURTAIN AIRBAGIGNITER
DRIVERSIDE AIRBAGIGNITER
DRIVERSEAT BELTPRETENSIONERIGNITER
PASSENGERDUAL AIRBAGIGNITERS
PASSENGERCURTAIN AIRBAGIGNITER
PASSENGERSIDE AIRBAGIGNITER
PASSENGERSEAT BELTPRETENSIONERIGNITER
All Vehicles
** NOTE: W – early production vehicles.
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Parking Aid System Parking Aid System Fig. 18.1
CA129-4
CA129-5
YGRB7-1
G2AR
RB7-3
B
RB7-14
RU
RB7-17
Y
RB3-1
RW
RB3-2
WR
RB3-3
BG
RB7-15
CA136-1
CA136-2
RB4-1
RW
RB4-2
W
RB4-3
BG
RB2-1
RW
RB2-2
WU
RB2-3
BG
RB1-1
RW
RB1-2
WG
RB1-3
BG
RB7-24
RB7-16
RB7-23
RB7-10
RB7-11
GBRB7-9
08.3 I
9I
WRB7-8
I08.408.5
WRB7-5
20.2 D
RU
Y
WR
RW
W
BG
WU
WG
RBS1
RBS2
BCA129-8
08.6
B
P
O
O
+
–
D
D
D
D
REVERSE LAMPS: ACTIVATED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
REAR EXTERIOR LIGHTING:TRAILER CONNECTED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
PARKING AIDCONTROL MODULE
PARKING AIDSOUNDER
RHSENSOR
RH CENTERSENSOR
LH CENTERSENSOR
LHSENSOR
Parking Aid Vehicles
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Ancillaries Ancillaries Fig. 19.1
JBS56
B
24
OYJB87-2
JB87-1
B
G11AR
B
OY
OY
OY5
2
3
1
R34
B
JBS32
OY
JB129-6
B
SW4-6
SW4-5
BG BG
B
IP34-3
IP34-4
SW6-1
SW6-2 IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)
B
G37BL(G36BL)
BIP42-2
OYIP42-1 IPS65
B
G36AL(G5AL)
B
IP24-2
IP24-3
IP24-1
G5AS(G5AL)
N
NG1I
29
IPS66
B B
CA146-2
CA146-3
CA146-1
G1AR
N
NG2I
30
CAS9
B RC22-1 RC22-9
B OYB
71BRCS1CA36-13CAS10
G15ALG15AR*
BB
IP5-14
O
22 OYJB172-1
CA86-5
B
G4AL
IP6-20
I BG
OY
OY55II
44
B
P
HORNSWITCH
STEERING WHEEL
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
HORNS
HORN RELAY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
HORN
CIGAR LIGHTER
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
CIGAR LIGHTER
CABINACCESSORYCONNECTOR
NOTE: IPS66 – LHD only.
TRUNKACCESSORYCONNECTOR
ACCESSORY CONNECTORS GARAGE DOOR OPENER
GARAGE DOOROPENER
ROOF CONSOLE
All Vehicles
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
IP22-4
B
IP22-5
B
53
35II
G37BL(G36BL)
IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)
G
YIP10-17
IP10-18
+
–
C
C
OY
WR
G
Y
IP22-16
IP22-9
IP22-6
IP22-14
C
C
+
–
B
EN16-124
EN16-123
+
–
C
C
IP101-9
IP101-10
C
C –
+
G
YIP101-22
IP101-23
C
C–
+
G
Y
IP130-2
IP130-3
+
–
C
C
G
YIP20-3
IP20-2
+
–
C
C
G
Y
IP14-9
IP14-10
C
C –
+
G
YIP14-11
IP14-12
C
C–
+
G37AL
JB1-21
JB1-22
Y
G
Y
G
JBS31
JBS30
G
YJB45-24
JB45-40
+
–
C
C
G
YJB184-24
JB185-40
+
–
C
C
(ABS)
(ABS)
(DSC)
(DSC)
G
YJB131-34
JB131-13
C
C –
+
G
YJB131-33
JB131-12
C
C–
+
G
YJB130-18
JB130-16 IPS8
IPS9
G
YIPS11
IPS10
G
YIPS52
IPS51
IPS39
IPS38
G
Y
G
Y
G
YIP19-3
IP19-4
+
–
C
C
G
YIP10-17
IP10-18
+
–
C
C
G
YIP22-6
IP22-14
C
C
+
–
EN16-124
EN16-123
+
–
C
C
IP101-9
IP101-10
C
C –
+
G
YIP101-22
IP101-23
C
C–
+
G
Y
IP130-2
IP130-3
+
–
C
C
G
YIP20-3
IP20-2
+
–
C
C
G
Y
IP14-9
IP14-10
C
C G
YIP14-11
IP14-12
C
C–
+
JB1-21
JB1-22
Y
G
Y
G
Y
G
Y
G
G
Y
G
YJB45-24
JB45-40
+
–
C
C
G
Y
G
YJB184-24
JB185-40
+
–
C
C
(ABS)
(ABS)
(DSC)
(DSC)
G
YJB131-34
JB131-13
C
C –
+
JB131-33
JB131-12
C
C–
+
G
Y
G
YJB130-18
JB130-16 IPS8
IPS9
G
YIPS11
IPS10
G
YIPS52
IPS51
IPS39
IPS38
G
Y
G
Y
G
YIP19-3
IP19-4
+
–
C
C
–
+
P
B
BG
YJB197-24
JB197-40
C
C –
+(ABS/TC)
(ABS/TC)
G
YJB197-24
JB197-40
C
C –
+(ABS/TC)
(ABS/TC)
EN65-89
EN65-88
+
–
C
CJB1-21
JB1-22
Y
G
Y
G
JBS31
JBS30
EN65-89
EN65-88
+
–
C
CJB1-21
JB1-22
Y
G
Y
G
Controller Area Network Controller Area Network Fig. 20.1
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROLCONTROL MODULE
ANTI-LOCK BRAKINGCONTROL MODULE
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
(2.5L & 3.0L)
TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE
(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONVEHICLES ONLY)
HEADLAMP LEVELINGCONTROL MODULE*
YAW RATE SENSOR**
AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE
NOTES:
* Headlamp Leveling Control Module and associated wiring –Automatic Headlamp Leveling vehicles only.
**Yaw Rate Sensor and Steering Angle Sensor and associated wiring –Dynamic Stability Control vehicles only.
STEERING ANGLESENSOR**
J GATE(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
VEHICLES ONLY)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK: LHD
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROLCONTROL MODULE
ANTI-LOCK BRAKINGCONTROL MODULE
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
(2.5L & 3.0L)
TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE
(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONVEHICLES ONLY)
HEADLAMP LEVELINGCONTROL MODULE*
YAW RATE SENSOR**
AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE
NOTES:
* Headlamp Leveling Control Module and associated wiring –Automatic Headlamp Leveling vehicles only.
**Yaw Rate Sensor and Steering Angle Sensor and associated wiring –Dynamic Stability Control vehicles only.
STEERING ANGLESENSOR**
J GATE(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
VEHICLES ONLY)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
DATA LINKCONNECTOR
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK: RHD
All Vehicles
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
(2.0L)
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING /TRACTION CONTROLCONTROL MODULE
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
(2.0L)
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING /TRACTION CONTROLCONTROL MODULE
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link Fig. 20.2
53
35II
OY
WRIP22-16
IP22-9
WIP22-7
W
WRB7-5
WEN16-105 (2.5, 3.0 L)EN65-39 (2.0 L)
IP130-5
W DD
DRC22-8
RC33-3*
W D
CA129-9 CA230-3
JB1-20 CA230-4
W
W
W
DIP74-11
D
IPS25
IP22-10
UIP22-2
Y
S
S Y
UIP10-22
IP10-23
–
+
S
S Y
UNA7-4
NA7-14
–
+
S
S Y
UIP65-9
IP65-10
–
+
S
S Y
UIP5-19
IP5-18
–
+
U
Y
CA414-7
CA414-6
IPS31
IPS32
Y
UCA241-9
CA241-10
Y
U
S
S
–
+
W
JB130-4 CA36-9
W
W W
IP22-4
B
IP22-5
B
G37BL(G36BL)
IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)
B
G37AL
BOF
BOFID1-1
ID1-2
D2
D2
B
B
P
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
AUDIO UNIT
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP)
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE
PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE
ENGINE CONTROLMODULE
SERIAL DATA LINK
HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE
* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board. INTRUSION SENSOR
ROOF CONSOLE
DATA LINKCONNECTOR
All Vehicles
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
D2B Network: Part 1 D2B Network: Part 1 Fig. 20.3
OIP65-19
PH1-23
O
NA7-3
O
CA241-11
CA407-12
O
CAS45
CA414-5
O
O
CA301-3
OO
PH2-14
O
OPHS5
BOF
BOFID1-1
ID1-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOFCD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
BOF
BOFID1-1
ID1-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOFCD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
BOF
BOFID1-1
ID1-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOFCD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
BOF
BOFID1-1
ID1-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOFCD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
BOF
BOF
ID1-1
ID1-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
CD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
CD2-1
CD2-2
D2
D2
CD3-1
CD3-2
D2
D2
CD4-1
CD4-2
D2
D2
CD5-1
CD5-2
D2
D2
CD2-1 CD2-2
BOFD2
D2
CD4-1 CD4-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
ID1-1
ID1-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
CD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
CD2-1 CD2-2
BOFD2
D2
CD3-1 CD3-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
ID1-1
ID1-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
CD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
CD3-1 CD3-2
BOFD2
D2
CD4-1 CD4-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
ID1-1
ID1-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
CD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
CD2-1 CD2-2
BOFD2
D2
CD5-1 CD5-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
ID1-1
ID1-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
CD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
CD3-1 CD3-2
BOFD2
D2
CD5-1 CD5-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
ID1-1
ID1-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
CD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
CD4-1 CD4-2
BOFD2
D2
CD5-1 CD5-2
D2
D2
O
O
O
O
AUDIO UNIT
NOTE: PHS5 – Voice only.
VOICE ACTIVATIONCONTROL MODULE
CELLULAR PHONECONTROL MODULE
CD AUTOCHANGER
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
AUDIO UNIT
D2B NETWORK “WAKE-UP”
AUDIO UNIT
AUDIO UNIT
AUDIO UNIT
CD AUTOCHANGER
CELLULAR PHONECONTROL MODULE
VOICECONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
TWO-MODULE NETWORKS
AUDIO UNIT
AUDIO UNIT
AUDIO UNIT
CD AUTOCHANGER
CD AUTOCHANGER
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
VOICE CONTROL MODULE
VOICE CONTROL MODULE
AUDIO UNIT
AUDIO UNIT
AUDIO UNIT
CD AUTOCHANGER
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
VOICE CONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: Figs. 20.3 and 20.4 show all possible combinations of D2B Networks.THREE-MODULE NETWORKS
All Vehicles
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2001
B+
1 13 14 64 12 63 64 74B BII III I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP1 11 75 96
E ESensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
D2B Network: Part 2 D2B Network: Part 2 Fig. 20.4
BOF
BOF
ID1-1
ID1-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
CD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
CD3-1 CD3-2
BOFD2
D2
CD5-1 CD5-2
D2
D2
CD4-1 CD4-2
BOFD2
D2
BOF
BOF
ID1-1
ID1-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
CD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
CD2-1 CD2-2
BOFD2
D2
CD5-1 CD5-2
D2
D2
CD4-1 CD4-2
BOFD2
D2
BOF
BOF
ID1-1
ID1-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
CD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
CD2-1 CD2-2
BOFD2
D2
CD5-1 CD5-2
D2
D2
CD3-1 CD3-2
BOFD2
D2
BOF
BOF
ID1-1
ID1-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
CD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
CD2-1 CD2-2
BOFD2
D2
D2
D2
BOFD2
D2
BOFD2
D2
CD3-2CD3-1 CD4-2CD4-1 CD5-2CD5-1
BOF
BOF
ID1-1
ID1-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
CD1-1
CD1-2
CD6-1
CD6-2
DC2-1 CD2-2
BOFD2
D2
CD4-1 CD4-2
D2
D2
CD3-1 CD3-2
BOFD2
D2
AUDIO UNIT
AUDIO UNIT
AUDIO UNIT
AUDIO UNIT
CD AUTOCHANGER
CD AUTOCHANGER
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
CD AUTOCHANGER
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
VOICE CONTROL MODULE
VOICE CONTROL MODULE
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
VOICE CONTROL MODULE
FOUR-MODULE NETWORKS
AUDIO UNIT
CD AUTOCHANGER CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE VOICE CONTROL MODULE NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
FIVE-MODULE NETWORKNOTES:
Figs. 20.3 and 20.4 show all possible combinations of D2B Networks.
Network “Wake-Up” Circuit – refer to Fig. 20.3.
D2B Network Diagnostics – refer to Fig. 20.2.
All Vehicles
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Appendix
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001 i
This Appendix contains a listing of CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following acronyms and abbreviations are used throughout this section:
A/C Air ConditioningABS Anti Lock Braking System
ABSCM Anti Lock Braking System Control ModuleABS/TCCM Anti Lock Braking / Traction Control Control Module
A/CCM Air Conditioning Control ModuleACK Acknowledge
AIRCON Climate ControlAT Cmd Commands for configuring and controlling telecommunication devicesAUDIO Audio Unit
BIT Smallest element of data code (1 or 0)BYTE Grouping of 8 bits (one alphanumeric character)
°C Degrees CentigradeCAL CalibrateCAN Controller Area NetworkCID CAN IdentifierCM Control Module
CONFIG ConfigureD2B OPC Instructions for translating and routing data for D2B use
D2B Fibre Optic NetworkDIAG Diagnostics
DSCCM Dynamic Stability Control Control ModuleDTC Diagnostic Trouble CodeECM Engine Control Module
°F Degrees FahrenheitFL Front LeftFR Front Right
Gateway Device that converts messages between different types of networksGECM General Electronic Control ModuleHLCM Headlight Levelling Control Module
IC Instrument ClusterIDB Identification ByteJGM J Gate Module
Lb. Ft. Pound Feet (Measure of Torque)LED Light Emitting Diode
m Meter (length)MIL Malfunction Indicator Lampml Millilitrems Millisecond
MSG MessageNCM Navigation Control Module
Nm Newton Meter (Measure of Torque)OBD On Board Diagnostics
OBD II On Board Diagnostics IIODO Odometer
Oz OuncePATS Passive Anti Theft System
PECUS Programmable Electronic Control Units SystemPOS Positive (+)PTT Push to TalkRCC Climate Control
RL Rear LeftRPM Revolutions Per Minute
RR Rear RightSCP Standard Corporate Protocol NetworkSMS Short Message Service for Mobile CommunicationsSTM Switch to Test ModeSWS Steering Wheel Angle SensorTCM Transmission Control Module
VEMS JaguarNetWDS World Diagnostic SystemYRS Yaw Rate Sensor
ii DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0LAppendix
SCP Message Matrix
No.
Mes
sage
Nam
eSo
urc
e
Rec
eive
rs
GEC
MIC
NC
MA
UD
IO
1A
ll he
adla
mp
stat
us: O
FFIC
XX
2A
ll he
adla
mp
stat
us: O
NIC
XX
3A
ll pa
rk la
mp
stat
us: O
FFIC
XX
X
4A
ll pa
rk la
mp
stat
us: O
NIC
XX
X
5A
ll tu
rn la
mp
Com
man
d: O
FFG
ECM
X
6A
ll tu
rn la
mp
Com
man
d: O
NG
ECM
X
7C
ellu
lar
phon
e in
use
: NO
(Fal
se)
AU
DIO
X
8C
ellu
lar
phon
e in
use
: YES
(Tru
e)A
UD
IOX
9Tr
unk
lid a
jar
switc
h: A
CTI
VE
GEC
MX
X
10Tr
unk
lid a
jar
switc
h: IN
AC
TIV
EG
ECM
XX
11D
ispl
ay a
cces
s co
nfir
mat
ion
stat
us: A
CC
EPT
ICX
X
12D
ispl
ay a
cces
s co
nfir
mat
ion
stat
us: R
EJEC
TIC
XX
13D
ispl
ay a
cces
s di
spla
y st
ring
: Cle
ar D
ispl
ayA
UD
IOX
14D
ispl
ay a
cces
s di
spla
y st
ring
: Cle
ar D
ispl
ayN
CM
X
15D
ispl
ay a
cces
s di
spla
y st
ring
: Ove
rwri
te D
ispl
ayA
UD
IOX
16D
ispl
ay a
cces
s di
spla
y st
ring
: Ove
rwri
te D
ispl
ayN
CM
X
17D
ispl
ay a
cces
s te
rmin
ate
com
man
dA
UD
IOX
18D
ispl
ay a
cces
s te
rmin
ate
com
man
dN
CM
X
19D
ownl
oad
bloc
k to
dis
play
com
man
dA
UD
IOX
20D
ownl
oad
bloc
k to
dis
play
com
man
dN
CM
X
21D
rive
r’s
fron
t doo
r aj
ar s
witc
h st
atus
: AC
TIV
EG
ECM
XX
22D
rive
r’s
fron
t doo
r aj
ar s
witc
h st
atus
: IN
AC
TIV
EG
ECM
XX
23D
rive
r’s
rear
doo
r aj
ar s
witc
h st
atus
: AC
TIV
EG
ECM
XX
24D
rive
r’s
rear
doo
r aj
ar s
witc
h st
atus
: IN
AC
TIV
EG
ECM
XX
25G
atew
ay A
/CC
M to
Dis
play
ICX
26G
atew
ay A
/CC
M to
Voi
ceIC
X
27G
atew
ay A
udio
to N
CM
AU
DIO
X
28G
atew
ay A
udio
to N
CM
(Mul
tifra
me)
AU
DIO
X
29G
atew
ay D
ispl
ay to
A/C
CM
com
man
dN
CM
X
30G
atew
ay N
CM
to A
udio
NC
MX
31G
atew
ay N
CM
to P
hone
: AT
Cm
d fr
ame
1N
CM
X
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Appendix
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001 iii
SCP Message Matrix32
Gat
eway
NC
M to
Pho
ne: A
T C
md
fram
e2
NC
MX
33G
atew
ay N
CM
to P
hone
: D2B
OPC
fram
e1
NC
MX
34G
atew
ay N
CM
to P
hone
: D2B
OPC
fram
e2
NC
MX
35G
atew
ay N
CM
to S
MS:
SM
S D
ata
fram
e1
NC
MX
36G
atew
ay N
CM
to S
MS:
SM
S D
ata
fram
e2
NC
MX
37G
atew
ay N
CM
to V
EMS:
AT
Cm
d fr
ame
1N
CM
X
38G
atew
ay N
CM
to V
EMS:
AT
Cm
d fr
ame
2N
CM
X
39G
atew
ay N
CM
to V
EMS:
D2B
OPC
fram
e1
NC
MX
40G
atew
ay N
CM
to V
EMS:
D2B
OPC
fram
e2
NC
MX
41G
atew
ay N
CM
to V
oice
NC
MX
42G
atew
ay P
hone
to N
CM
: AT
Cm
d fr
ame
1A
UD
IOX
43G
atew
ay P
hone
to N
CM
: AT
Cm
d fr
ame
2A
UD
IOX
44G
atew
ay P
hone
to N
CM
: D2B
OPC
fram
e1
AU
DIO
X
45G
atew
ay P
hone
to N
CM
: D2B
OPC
fram
e2
AU
DIO
X
46G
atew
ay S
MS
to N
CM
: SM
S D
ata
fram
e1
AU
DIO
X
47G
atew
ay S
MS
to N
CM
: SM
S D
ata
fram
e2
AU
DIO
X
48G
atew
ay V
EMS
to N
CM
: AT
Cm
d fr
ame
1A
UD
IOX
49G
atew
ay V
EMS
to N
CM
: AT
Cm
d fr
ame
2A
UD
IOX
50G
atew
ay V
EMS
to N
CM
: D2B
OPC
fram
e1
AU
DIO
X
51G
atew
ay V
EMS
to N
CM
: D2B
OPC
fram
e2
AU
DIO
X
52G
atew
ay v
oice
to A
/CC
M c
omm
and
AU
DIO
X
53G
atew
ay v
oice
to N
CM
AU
DIO
X
54H
ood
ajar
sw
itch:
AC
TIV
EG
ECM
XX
55H
ood
ajar
sw
itch:
INA
CTI
VE
GEC
MX
X
56Ig
nitio
n sw
itch
posi
tion
w/ i
nitia
lize
stat
us: N
OIC
XX
X
57Ig
nitio
n sw
itch
posi
tion
w/ i
nitia
lize
stat
us: Y
ESIC
XX
X
58Le
ft si
de tu
rn s
igna
l Com
man
d: O
FFG
ECM
X
59Le
ft si
de tu
rn s
igna
l Com
man
d: O
NG
ECM
X
60Lo
w fu
el le
vel s
tatu
s: N
OIC
X
61Lo
w fu
el le
vel s
tatu
s: Y
ESIC
X
62Lo
w w
ashe
r flu
id w
arni
ng: O
FFIC
X
No.
Mes
sage
Nam
eSo
urc
e
Rec
eive
rs
GEC
MIC
NC
MA
UD
IO
iv DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0LAppendix
SCP Message Matrix63
Low
was
her
fluid
war
ning
: ON
ICX
64N
etw
ork
bus
wak
e up
Com
man
d: Y
ES (T
rue)
GEC
M
65N
etw
ork
bus
wak
e up
Com
man
d: Y
ES (T
rue)
IC
66O
dom
eter
rol
ling
coun
t sta
tus
ICX
67Pa
rkin
g br
ake
switc
h st
atus
: AC
TIV
EIC
X
68Pa
rkin
g br
ake
switc
h st
atus
: IN
AC
TIV
EIC
X
69Pa
ssen
ger’
s fr
ont d
oor
ajar
sw
itch
stat
us: A
CTI
VE
GEC
MX
X
70Pa
ssen
ger’
s fr
ont d
oor
ajar
sw
itch
stat
us: I
NA
CTI
VE
GEC
MX
X
71Pa
ssen
ger’
s re
ar d
oor
ajar
sw
itch
stat
us: A
CTI
VE
GEC
MX
X
72Pa
ssen
ger’
s re
ar d
oor
ajar
sw
itch
stat
us: I
NA
CTI
VE
GEC
MX
X
73Re
mot
e co
ntro
l but
ton
stat
us: B
utto
n7
(PTT
) AC
TIV
EA
UD
IOX
74Re
mot
e co
ntro
l but
ton
stat
us: B
utto
n6
(VO
L+) A
CTI
VE
AU
DIO
X
75Re
mot
e co
ntro
l but
ton
stat
us: B
utto
n 5
(VO
L) A
CTI
VE
AU
DIO
X
76Re
mot
e co
ntro
l but
ton
stat
us: B
utto
n4
(Sel
ect)
AC
TIV
EA
UD
IOX
77Re
mot
e co
ntro
l but
ton
stat
us: B
utto
n3
(See
k U
P) A
CTI
VE
AU
DIO
X
78Re
mot
e co
ntro
l but
ton
stat
us: B
utto
n2
(See
k D
OW
N) A
CTI
VE
AU
DIO
X
79Re
mot
e co
ntro
l but
ton
stat
us: A
ll bu
tton
s IN
AC
TIV
EA
UD
IOX
80Re
ques
t all
head
lam
p st
atus
GEC
MX
81Re
ques
t all
head
lam
p st
atus
AU
DIO
X
82Re
ques
t all
park
lam
p st
atus
GEC
MX
83Re
ques
t all
park
lam
p st
atus
NC
MX
84Re
ques
t all
park
lam
p st
atus
AU
DIO
X
85Re
ques
t tru
nk a
jar
switc
h st
atus
ICX
86Re
ques
t tru
nk a
jar
switc
h st
atus
AU
DIO
X
87Re
ques
t dri
ver’
s fr
ont d
oor
ajar
sw
itch
stat
usIC
X
88Re
ques
t dri
ver’
s fr
ont d
oor
ajar
sw
itch
stat
usA
UD
IOX
89Re
ques
t dri
ver’
s re
ar d
oor
ajar
sw
itch
stat
usIC
X
90Re
ques
t dri
ver’
s re
ar d
oor
ajar
sw
itch
stat
usA
UD
IOX
91Re
ques
t hoo
d aj
ar s
witc
h st
atus
ICX
92Re
ques
t hoo
d aj
ar s
witc
h st
atus
AU
DIO
X
93Re
ques
t ign
ition
sw
itch
posi
tion
w/ I
nitia
lize
stat
usG
ECM
X
No.
Mes
sage
Nam
eSo
urc
e
Rec
eive
rs
GEC
MIC
NC
MA
UD
IO
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Appendix
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001 v
SCP Message Matrix94
Requ
est i
gniti
on s
witc
h po
sitio
n w
/ Ini
tializ
e st
atus
AU
DIO
X
95Re
ques
t ign
ition
sw
itch
posi
tion
w/ i
nitia
lize
stat
usN
CM
X
96Re
ques
t low
fuel
leve
l sta
tus
NC
MX
97Re
ques
t low
was
her
fluid
war
ning
com
man
dG
ECM
X
98Re
ques
t par
king
bra
ke s
witc
h st
atus
AU
DIO
X
99Re
ques
t pas
seng
er’s
fron
t doo
r aj
ar s
witc
h st
atus
ICX
100
Requ
est p
asse
nger
’s fr
ont d
oor
ajar
sw
itch
stat
usA
UD
IOX
101
Requ
est p
asse
nger
’s r
ear
door
aja
r sw
itch
stat
usIC
X
102
Requ
est p
asse
nger
’s r
ear
door
aja
r sw
itch
stat
usA
UD
IOX
103
Requ
est s
eat b
elt w
arni
ng s
tatu
sIC
X
104
Requ
est v
ehic
le S
ecur
ity S
yste
m s
tatu
sIC
X
105
Requ
est v
ehic
le c
onfig
urat
ion
mod
ule
prog
ram
med
sta
tus
ICX
106
Requ
est v
ehic
le In
ertia
Sw
itch
stat
usG
ECM
X
107
Requ
est v
ehic
le S
ecur
ity k
ey s
tatu
sG
ECM
X
108
Requ
est v
ehic
le S
ecur
ity k
ey s
tatu
sA
UD
IOX
109
Righ
t sid
e tu
rn s
igna
l tur
n la
mp
Com
man
d: O
FFG
ECM
X
110
Righ
t sid
e tu
rn s
igna
l tur
n la
mp
Com
man
d: O
NG
ECM
X
111
Seat
bel
t war
ning
Com
man
d: O
FFG
ECM
X
112
Seat
bel
t war
ning
Com
man
d: O
NG
ECM
X
113
Term
inat
e di
spla
y co
nfir
mat
ion
stat
us: A
CC
EPT
ICX
X
114
Term
inat
e di
spla
y co
nfir
mat
ion
stat
us: R
EJEC
TIC
XX
115
Term
inat
e di
spla
y de
finiti
on c
omm
and
AU
DIO
X
116
Term
inat
e di
spla
y de
finiti
on c
omm
and
NC
MX
117
Tim
e of
day
(w/ m
ode)
com
man
dN
CM
X
118
Tim
e of
day
(w/ m
ode)
sta
tus
AU
DIO
X
119
Tran
sit m
ode
Com
man
d: A
CTI
VE
EXTE
RNX
X
120
Tran
sit m
ode
Com
man
d: IN
AC
TIV
EIC
X
121
Tran
smis
sion
PRN
DL
rang
e se
lect
ed s
tatu
sIC
X
122
Veh
icle
Sec
urity
Sys
tem
sta
tus
GEC
MX
123
Veh
icle
con
figur
atio
n m
odul
e pr
ogra
mm
ed s
tatu
s: N
OG
ECM
X
124
Veh
icle
con
figur
atio
n m
odul
e pr
ogra
mm
ed s
tatu
s: N
OA
UD
IOX
No.
Mes
sage
Nam
eSo
urc
e
Rec
eive
rs
GEC
MIC
NC
MA
UD
IO
vi DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0LAppendix
SCP Message Matrix12
5V
ehic
le c
onfig
urat
ion
mod
ule
prog
ram
med
sta
tus:
YES
GEC
MX
126
Veh
icle
Iner
tia S
witc
h st
atus
: AC
TIV
E (C
rash
ed)
ICX
127
Veh
icle
Iner
tia S
witc
h st
atus
: IN
AC
TIV
E (O
K)
ICX
128
Veh
icle
Sec
urity
key
sta
tus
ICX
X
129
Veh
icle
spe
ed h
igh
reso
lutio
n st
atus
ICX
X
130
VA
CM
con
trol
mod
e st
atus
: OFF
AU
DIO
XX
131
VA
CM
con
trol
mod
e st
atus
: ON
AU
DIO
XX
132
VA
CM
con
trol
mod
e st
atus
: OFF
NC
MX
X
133
VA
CM
con
trol
mod
e st
atus
: ON
NC
MX
X
134
VA
CM
trai
ning
mod
e A
/B e
ntry
NC
MX
No.
Mes
sage
Nam
eSo
urc
e
Rec
eive
rs
GEC
MIC
NC
MA
UD
IO
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Appendix
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001 vii
CAN Message Matrix
No.
Mes
sage
Nam
eU
sage
Sourc
e
Rec
eive
rs
ABSCM
ABS/TCCM
DSCCM
ECM
TCM
IC
A/CCM
HLCM
JGM
SWS
YRS
DIAG
020h
CA
N R
EFLA
SH W
DS
ECM
Flas
h re
prog
ram
min
g co
mm
and
DIA
GX
030h
CA
N R
EFLA
SH E
CM
WD
SC
onfir
ms
flash
rep
rogr
amm
ing
ECM
X
040h
CA
N P
ATS
SEQ
UEN
CE
ICD
efin
es s
ecur
ity c
lear
ance
sta
geIC
X
040h
CA
N IG
NIT
ION
OFF
TIM
ERRo
lling
tim
e ig
nitio
n ha
s be
en in
pos
ition
I or
0IC
X
040h
CA
N P
ATS
DA
TA IC
Secu
rity
sys
tem
IC d
ata
ICX
046h
CA
N P
ATS
SEQ
UEN
CE
ECM
Def
ines
sec
urity
cle
aran
ce s
tage
ECM
X
046h
CA
N P
ATS
DA
TA E
CM
Secu
rity
sys
tem
EC
M d
ata
ECM
X
065h
CA
N E
NG
INE
TORQ
UE
REQ
UES
TTo
rque
red
uctio
n re
ques
t: th
rott
le c
ontr
olA
BSC
MX
065h
CA
N E
NG
INE
TORQ
UE
REQ
UES
TTo
rque
red
uctio
n re
ques
t: th
rott
le c
ontr
olA
BS/T
CC
MX
065h
CA
N E
NG
INE
TORQ
UE
REQ
UES
TTo
rque
red
uctio
n re
ques
t: th
rott
le c
ontr
olD
SCC
MX
065h
CA
N T
EMPO
RARY
TO
RQU
E RE
QU
EST
Torq
ue r
educ
tion
requ
est:
igni
tion
timin
g, fu
el c
utof
fA
BSC
MX
065h
CA
N T
EMPO
RARY
TO
RQU
E RE
QU
EST
Torq
ue r
educ
tion
requ
est:
igni
tion
timin
g, fu
el c
utof
fA
BS/T
CC
MX
065h
CA
N T
EMPO
RARY
TO
RQU
E RE
QU
EST
Torq
ue r
educ
tion
requ
est:
igni
tion
timin
g, fu
el c
utof
fD
SCC
MX
070h
CA
N Y
RS T
EST
MO
DE
YRS
test
dat
aYR
SX
070h
CA
N Y
RS P
OS
TM B
ITYR
S te
st d
ata
YRS
X
070h
CA
N Y
RS E
RRO
R BI
TYR
S te
st d
ata
YRS
X
070h
CA
N Y
RS T
EMP
ERRO
R BI
TYR
S te
st d
ata
YRS
X
070h
CA
N Y
RS C
AL
RESP
ON
SEYR
S re
spon
se to
CA
N Y
RS C
AL
mes
sage
YRS
X
070h
CA
N Y
RS ID
B RE
SPO
NSE
YRS
resp
onse
to C
AN
YRS
IDB
mes
sage
YRS
X
070h
CA
N Y
AW
RA
TE S
IGN
AL
Yaw
rat
e va
lue
YRS
X
070h
CA
N L
ATE
RAL
AC
CEL
SIG
NA
LLa
tera
l acc
eler
atio
n va
lue
YRS
X
075h
CA
N Y
RS S
TMYR
S, s
witc
h to
test
mod
e co
mm
and
DSC
CM
X
075h
CA
N Y
RS C
AL
Cal
ibra
tion
info
rmat
ion
DSC
CM
X
075h
CA
N Y
RS ID
BYR
S id
entif
icat
ion
byte
DSC
CM
X
080h
CA
N S
TEER
ING
WH
EEL
AN
GLE
Stee
ring
whe
el a
ngle
val
ueSW
SX
080h
CA
N S
TEER
ING
WH
EEL
SPEE
DSt
eeri
ng w
heel
rot
atio
n sp
eed
SWS
X
080h
CA
N S
TEER
ING
WH
EEL
STA
TUS
Val
idat
es S
WS
SWS
X
080h
CA
N S
WS
MSG
CO
UN
TC
onfir
ms
SWS
mes
sage
s re
ceiv
edSW
SX
080h
CA
N S
WS
CH
ECK
SUM
Val
idat
es S
WS
mes
sage
sSW
SX
viii DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0LAppendix
CAN Message Matrix
097h
CA
N IN
DIC
ATE
D E
NG
INE
TORQ
UE
Estim
ated
ava
ilabl
e to
rque
: cur
rent
eng
ine
spee
d, lo
ad, i
gniti
on ti
min
g an
d fu
ellin
g in
terv
entio
n no
t inc
lude
dEC
MX
XX
X
097h
CA
N E
NG
INE
FRIC
TIO
N T
ORQ
UE
Estim
ated
torq
ue lo
ss c
ause
d by
: eng
ine
fric
tion,
eng
ine
driv
en
acce
ssor
ies
ECM
XX
XX
097h
CA
N A
CTU
AL
ENG
INE
TORQ
UE
Estim
ated
ava
ilabl
e to
rque
: cur
rent
eng
ine
spee
d, lo
ad ig
nitio
n tim
ing
and
fuel
ling
ECM
XX
XX
097h
CA
N D
RIV
ER D
EMA
ND
TO
RQU
EEs
timat
ed a
vaila
ble
torq
ue: c
urre
nt th
rott
le p
edal
pos
ition
, no
inte
rven
tion
incl
uded
ECM
XX
XX
0C9h
CA
N T
ORQ
UE
RED
UC
TIO
N R
EQU
EST
Torq
ue re
duct
ion
requ
este
d fo
r shi
ft en
ergy
man
agem
ent (
uses
igni
tion
inte
rven
tion
only
)TC
MX
0C9h
CA
N T
RAN
SMIS
SIO
N T
ORQ
UE
LIM
ITEn
gine
torq
ue li
mit
with
cur
rent
tran
smis
sion
faul
tTC
MX
0C9h
CA
N T
ORQ
UE
CO
NV
ERTE
R SL
IPPe
rcen
tage
of t
orqu
e co
nver
ter
slip
TCM
XX
XX
0C9h
CA
N T
RAN
SMIS
SIO
N IN
PUT
SPEE
DTr
ansm
issi
on in
put s
haft
RPM
TCM
X
0C9h
CA
N T
RAN
SMIS
SIO
N O
UTP
UT
SPEE
DTr
ansm
issi
on o
utpu
t sha
ft RP
MTC
MX
0FBh
CA
N T
RAC
TIO
N S
HIF
T M
AP
Use
Tra
ctio
n Sh
ift M
apA
BSC
MX
0FBh
CA
N T
RAC
TIO
N S
HIF
T M
AP
Use
Tra
ctio
n Sh
ift M
apA
BS/T
CC
MX
0FBh
CA
N T
RAC
TIO
N S
HIF
T M
AP
Use
Tra
ctio
n Sh
ift M
apD
SCC
MX
0FBh
CA
N O
BD II
ABS
CLE
AR
AC
KC
onfir
ms
ABS
OBD
II D
TCs
clea
red
ABS
CM
X
0FBh
CA
N O
BD II
ABS
CLE
AR
AC
KC
onfir
ms
ABS
OBD
II D
TCs
clea
red
ABS
/TC
CM
X
0FBh
CA
N O
BD II
ABS
CLE
AR
AC
KC
onfir
ms
DSC
OBD
II D
TCs
clea
red
DSC
CM
X
0FBh
CA
N A
BS F
AU
LT C
OD
E M
IL S
TATU
SIn
dica
tes
flagg
ed D
TC r
equi
res
MIL
illu
min
atio
nA
BSC
MX
0FBh
CA
N A
BS F
AU
LT C
OD
E M
IL S
TATU
SIn
dica
tes
flagg
ed D
TC r
equi
res
MIL
illu
min
atio
nA
BS/T
CC
MX
0FBh
CA
N A
BS F
AU
LT C
OD
E M
IL S
TATU
SIn
dica
tes
flagg
ed D
TC r
equi
res
MIL
illu
min
atio
nD
SCC
MX
0FBh
CA
N A
BS S
TATU
SIn
dica
tes
whe
n A
BS s
yste
m is
func
tioni
ngA
BSC
M
0FBh
CA
N A
BS S
TATU
SIn
dica
tes
whe
n A
BS s
yste
m is
func
tioni
ngA
BS/T
CC
M
0FBh
CA
N A
BS S
TATU
SIn
dica
tes
whe
n A
BS s
yste
m is
func
tioni
ngD
SCC
M
0FBh
CA
N V
EHIC
LE R
EFER
ENC
E SP
EED
Veh
icle
spe
ed (r
efer
ence
whe
el c
ircu
mfe
renc
e X
whe
el r
otat
ion
spee
d)A
BSC
MX
XX
X
0FBh
CA
N V
EHIC
LE R
EFER
ENC
E SP
EED
Veh
icle
spe
ed (r
efer
ence
whe
el c
ircu
mfe
renc
e X
whe
el r
otat
ion
spee
d)A
BS/T
CC
MX
XX
X
0FBh
CA
N V
EHIC
LE R
EFER
ENC
E SP
EED
Veh
icle
spe
ed (r
efer
ence
whe
el c
ircu
mfe
renc
e X
whe
el r
otat
ion
spee
d)D
SCC
MX
XX
X
0FBh
CA
N A
BS F
AU
LT C
OD
ESIn
dica
tes
ABS
DTC
s to
sto
re in
the
ECM
ABS
CM
X
0FBh
CA
N A
BS F
AU
LT C
OD
ESIn
dica
tes
ABS
DTC
s to
sto
re in
the
ECM
ABS
/TC
CM
X
0FBh
CA
N A
BS F
AU
LT C
OD
ESIn
dica
tes
ABS
DTC
s to
sto
re in
the
ECM
DSC
CM
X
No.
Mes
sage
Nam
eU
sage
Sourc
e
Rec
eive
rs
ABSCM
ABS/TCCM
DSCCM
ECM
TCM
IC
A/CCM
HLCM
JGM
SWS
YRS
DIAG
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Appendix
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001 ix
CAN Message Matrix
0FBh
CA
N O
DO
RO
LLIN
G C
OU
NT
Rolli
ng c
ount
of d
ista
nce
vehi
cle
has
trav
elle
dA
BSC
MX
0FBh
CA
N O
DO
RO
LLIN
G C
OU
NT
Rolli
ng c
ount
of d
ista
nce
vehi
cle
has
trav
elle
dA
BS/T
CC
MX
0FBh
CA
N O
DO
RO
LLIN
G C
OU
NT
Rolli
ng c
ount
of d
ista
nce
vehi
cle
has
trav
elle
dD
SCC
MX
0FBh
CA
N A
BS M
ALF
UN
CTI
ON
ABS
and
bra
kes
mal
func
tion
data
, als
o ac
tivat
es IC
war
ning
sA
BSC
MX
X
0FBh
CA
N A
BS M
ALF
UN
CTI
ON
ABS
/TC
and
bra
kes
mal
func
tion
data
, als
o ac
tivat
es IC
war
ning
sA
BS/T
CC
MX
X
0FBh
CA
N A
BS M
ALF
UN
CTI
ON
ABS
, DSC
and
bra
kes
mal
func
tion
data
, als
o ac
tivat
es IC
war
ning
sD
SCC
MX
X
0FBh
CA
N A
BS F
LAG
SA
BS a
nd b
rake
sys
tem
s st
atus
and
flag
info
rmat
ion
ABS
CM
XX
X
0FBh
CA
N A
BS F
LAG
SA
BS/T
C a
nd b
rake
sys
tem
s st
atus
and
flag
info
rmat
ion
ABS
/TC
CM
XX
X
0FBh
CA
N A
BS F
LAG
SA
BS, D
SC a
nd b
rake
sys
tem
s st
atus
and
flag
info
rmat
ion
DSC
CM
XX
X
120h
CA
N T
RAN
S IN
PUT
IND
ICA
TED
TO
RQU
EEn
gine
torq
ue in
put t
o tr
ansm
issi
on, i
nclu
des
inte
rven
tions
ECM
XX
XX
12D
hC
AN
EN
GIN
E A
CC
ELER
ATI
ON
Rate
of e
ngin
e sp
eed
incr
ease
ECM
XX
X
12D
hC
AN
TH
ROTT
LE P
OSI
TIO
NTa
rget
thro
ttle
valv
e po
sitio
nEC
MX
XX
X
12D
hC
AN
PED
AL
POSI
TIO
NA
ccel
erat
or p
edal
pos
ition
, dri
ver
thro
ttle
dem
and
ECM
XX
XX
12D
hC
AN
EN
GIN
E SP
EED
Engi
ne s
peed
in R
PMEC
MX
XX
XX
X
12D
hC
AN
ALT
ERN
ATO
R ST
ATU
SA
ltern
ator
sta
tus:
faul
t or
OK
ECM
X
12D
hC
AN
CRU
ISE
STA
TUS
Cru
ise
cont
rol s
tatu
s: O
verr
ide
switc
h ac
tive,
Cru
ise
ON
, ena
bled
, re
sum
ing
ECM
XX
12D
hC
AN
OBD
II C
LEA
R FA
ULT
CO
DES
Requ
est A
BS a
nd T
CM
to c
lear
OBD
DTC
sEC
MX
XX
X
12D
hC
AN
BRA
KE
PED
AL
PRES
SED
Brak
e sw
itch
stat
usEC
MX
XX
12D
hC
AN
CRA
NK
IN P
ROG
RESS
Engi
ne c
rank
ing
in p
rogr
ess
ECM
XX
XX
XX
12D
hC
AN
TRA
CTI
ON
AC
KN
OW
LED
GE
Con
firm
s to
rque
redu
ctio
n in
pro
gres
s, c
an/ c
anno
t ach
ieve
, una
ble
to
resp
ond
ECM
XX
X
12D
hC
AN
FU
EL C
AP
WA
RNIN
GD
ispl
ay C
heck
Fue
l Cap
war
ning
ECM
X
1F5h
CA
N B
RAK
E FL
UID
LO
WD
ispl
ay B
rake
Flu
id L
evel
Low
ICX
XX
1F5h
CA
N P
ARK
BRA
KE
STA
TUS
Park
ing
brak
e: O
FF/ O
NIC
XX
XX
1F5h
CA
N D
IPPE
D B
EAM
STA
TUS
Hea
dlig
ht d
ippe
d be
am: O
FF/ O
NIC
XX
X
1F5h
CA
N R
EV G
EAR
MA
N S
ELEC
TED
Man
ual t
rans
mis
sion
onl
y, r
ever
se g
ear
sele
cted
ICX
1F5h
CA
N O
IL P
RESS
URE
LO
WEn
gine
oil
pres
sure
bel
ow s
peci
ficat
ion
ICX
1F5h
CA
N R
ESTR
ICT
RCC
BLO
WER
SRe
stri
ct c
limat
e co
ntro
l blo
wer
spe
edIC
X
1F5h
CA
N F
UEL
LEV
EL D
AM
PED
Dam
ped
fuel
leve
l (fu
el g
auge
sig
nal)
ICX
No.
Mes
sage
Nam
eU
sage
Sourc
e
Rec
eive
rs
ABSCM
ABS/TCCM
DSCCM
ECM
TCM
IC
A/CCM
HLCM
JGM
SWS
YRS
DIAG
x DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0LAppendix
CAN Message Matrix
1F5h
CA
N F
UEL
LEV
EL R
AW
1Fu
el le
vel s
ende
r1
sign
al (b
efor
e si
gnal
con
ditio
ning
)IC
X
1F5h
CA
N F
UEL
LEV
EL R
AW
2Fu
el le
vel s
ende
r2
sign
al (b
efor
e si
gnal
con
ditio
ning
)IC
X
3E9h
CA
N G
EAR
POSI
TIO
N A
CTU
AL
Tran
smis
sion
gea
r po
sitio
ns: N
, 1, 2
, 3, 4
, 5, R
, or
shift
in p
rogr
ess
TCM
XX
XX
X
3E9h
CA
N G
EAR
POSI
TIO
N S
ELEC
TED
Tran
smis
sion
rot
ary
switc
h po
sitio
ns: P
, R N
, D, 4
, 3, 2
, or
sele
ctor
be
twee
n po
sitio
ns s
igna
lsTC
MX
XX
3E9h
CA
N T
RAN
SMIS
SIO
N S
HIF
T M
AP
TCM
shi
ft m
ap in
use
sig
nal:
Nor
mal
, Spo
rt, H
ot, G
radi
ent,
Trac
tion,
M
anua
l, or
Cru
ise
TCM
XX
XX
3E9h
CA
N T
RAN
SMIS
SIO
N O
IL T
EMPE
RATU
RETr
ansm
issi
on fl
uid
tem
pera
ture
–40
°C to
214
°C. N
ote:
will
not
ex
ceed
150
°CTC
MX
X
3E9h
CA
N T
RAN
SMIS
SIO
N M
ALF
UN
CTI
ON
Tran
smis
sion
mal
func
tion
data
, als
o ac
tivat
e tr
ansm
issi
on w
arni
ng
sign
als
TCM
XX
XX
X
3E9h
CA
N T
CM
CO
NFI
G F
LAG
TCM
PEC
US
prog
ram
med
YES
/ NO
TCM
X
3E9h
CA
N T
ORQ
UE
CO
NV
ERTE
R ST
ATU
STo
rque
con
vert
er c
lutc
h di
seng
aged
, eng
aged
or
cons
tant
slip
TCM
XX
XX
3E9h
CA
N G
EAR
SELE
CTI
ON
FA
ULT
CA
N G
EAR
POSI
TIO
N S
ELEC
TED
sig
nal v
alid
ityTC
MX
XX
3E9h
CA
N ID
LE N
EUTR
AL
CO
NTR
OL
Idle
neu
tral
con
trol
in/ n
ot in
pro
gres
sTC
MX
3E9h
CA
N P
ERFO
RMA
NC
E M
OD
E IN
DIC
ATI
ON
Switc
h Pe
rfor
man
ce M
ode
LED
ON
/ OFF
TCM
X
3E9h
CA
N T
CM
FA
ULT
CO
DE
MIL
STA
TUS
Indi
cate
s fla
gged
DTC
req
uire
s M
IL il
lum
inat
ion
TCM
X
3E9h
CA
N O
BD II
TC
M C
LEA
R A
CK
Con
firm
s tr
ansm
issi
on O
BD D
TCs
clea
red
TCM
X
3E9h
CA
N T
RAN
SMIS
SIO
N F
AU
LT C
OD
ESIn
dica
tes
tran
smis
sion
faul
t cod
es to
sto
re E
CM
TCM
XX
XX
3E9h
CA
N G
EAR
POSI
TIO
N T
ARG
ETN
ext a
ctua
l tra
nsm
issi
on g
ear
posi
tion
(for
trac
tion
cont
rol)
TCM
XX
XX
41A
hC
AN
PRE
SSU
RE T
RAN
SDU
CER
A/C
ref
rige
rant
pre
ssur
e, fo
r fa
n co
ntro
l and
dia
gnos
tics
TCM
X
41A
hC
AN
EN
GIN
E IN
TAK
E TE
MPE
RATU
REEn
gine
inta
ke a
ir te
mpe
ratu
re:4
0°C
to80
°C (4
0°F
to17
6°F
)EC
MX
41A
hC
AN
A/C
CLU
TCH
INH
IBIT
STA
TUS
Con
firm
s A
/C c
ompr
esso
r cl
utch
ON
/ OFF
ECM
X
41A
hC
AN
ELE
CTR
ICA
L LO
AD
MA
NA
GEM
ENT
Inhi
bit:
hea
ted
rear
win
dow
, win
dshi
eld,
wip
er p
ark
area
, aut
omat
ic
heat
ed w
inds
hiel
d.EC
MX
41A
hC
AN
CO
OLI
NG
FA
N F
EED
BAC
KA
ctua
l coo
ling
fan
spee
d. R
espo
nse
to C
OO
LIN
G F
AN
REQ
UES
T m
essa
geEC
MX
441h
CA
N A
MBI
ENT
TEM
PERA
TURE
Out
side
air
tem
pera
ture
40°C
to80
°C (4
0°F
to17
6°F
)A
/CC
MX
X
441h
CA
N C
OM
PRES
SOR
TORQ
UE
Pred
icte
d A
/C c
ompr
esso
r to
rque
in 1
00m
sA
/CC
MX
441h
CA
N A
/C C
OM
MA
ND
SRe
ques
t A/C
com
pres
sor
ON
/ OFF
. Max
imum
hea
t req
uire
d: Y
ES/ N
OA
/CC
MX
441h
CA
N A
/C S
TATU
SIn
dica
tes:
win
dshi
eld,
rea
r do
or m
irro
rs, a
nd w
inds
hiel
d w
iper
par
k ar
ea h
eate
r O
N/ O
FF a
nd b
low
er s
peed
A/C
CM
X
No.
Mes
sage
Nam
eU
sage
Sourc
e
Rec
eive
rs
ABSCM
ABS/TCCM
DSCCM
ECM
TCM
IC
A/CCM
HLCM
JGM
SWS
YRS
DIAG
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Appendix
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001 xi
CAN Message Matrix
441h
CA
N C
OO
LIN
G F
AN
REQ
UES
TRe
ques
t clim
ate
cont
rol f
an s
peed
and
offs
et, a
nd fa
n ru
n on
at i
gniti
on
OFF
A/C
CM
X
44D
hC
AN
FU
EL U
SED
Dat
a fo
r tr
ip c
ompu
ter
calc
ulat
ions
ECM
X
44D
hC
AN
EN
GIN
E O
BD II
MIL
Switc
h C
HEC
K E
NG
INE
MIL
ON
/ OFF
ECM
X
44D
hC
AN
TH
ROTT
LE M
ALF
UN
CTI
ON
RED
Switc
h re
d w
arni
ng li
ght O
FF (d
efau
lts to
ON
) — D
ispl
ay:
Rest
rict
edth
rott
le/ p
erfo
rman
ce, L
imp
hom
e/ i
dle
mod
e, E
ngin
e sh
ut
dow
n m
essa
ges
ECM
XX
XX
44D
hC
AN
TH
ROTT
LE M
ALF
UN
CTI
ON
AM
BER
Switc
h am
ber
war
ning
ligh
t OFF
(def
aults
to O
N) —
Dis
play
: C
ruis
ein
hibi
ted,
Red
unda
ncy
mod
e, O
BD e
ngin
e ov
ersp
eed
fuel
cut
off
mes
sage
sEC
MX
XX
X
44D
hC
AN
EC
M F
AU
LT C
OD
E M
IL S
TATU
SIn
dica
tes
flagg
ed D
TC r
equi
res
MIL
illu
min
atio
nEC
MX
XX
XX
44D
hC
AN
EC
M C
ON
FIG
FLA
GEC
M P
ECU
S pr
ogra
mm
ing
stat
us: p
rogr
amm
ed Y
ES/ N
OEC
MX
44D
hC
AN
EN
GIN
E FA
ULT
CO
DES
Indi
cate
s en
gine
faul
t cod
es to
sto
re E
CM
ECM
X
44D
hC
AN
EN
GIN
E C
OO
LAN
T TE
MPE
RATU
REEn
gine
coo
lant
tem
pera
ture
(°C).
Not
e: W
ill n
ot e
xcee
d14
0°C
(284
°F)
ECM
XX
X
44D
hC
AN
EN
GIN
E O
IL T
EMPE
RATU
REEn
gine
oil
tem
pera
ture
40 to
214
°C (4
0 to
417
°F)
ECM
X
44D
hC
AN
BA
ROM
ETRI
C P
RESS
URE
Baro
met
ric
pres
sure
as
%of
1 st
anda
rd a
tmos
pher
e(0
to12
5%)
ECM
X
4BO
hC
AN
FL
WH
EEL
SPEE
DFr
ont l
eft w
heel
spe
edA
BSC
MX
XX
4BO
hC
AN
FL
WH
EEL
SPEE
DFr
ont l
eft w
heel
spe
edA
BS/T
CC
MX
XX
4BO
hC
AN
FL
WH
EEL
SPEE
DFr
ont l
eft w
heel
spe
edD
SCC
MX
XX
4BO
hC
AN
FR
WH
EEL
SPEE
DFr
ont r
ight
whe
el s
peed
ABS
CM
XX
X
4BO
hC
AN
FR
WH
EEL
SPEE
DFr
ont r
ight
whe
el s
peed
ABS
/TC
CM
XX
X
4BO
hC
AN
FR
WH
EEL
SPEE
DFr
ont r
ight
whe
el s
peed
DSC
CM
XX
X
4BO
hC
AN
RL
WH
EEL
SPEE
DRe
ar le
ft w
heel
spe
edA
BSC
MX
XX
4BO
hC
AN
RL
WH
EEL
SPEE
DRe
ar le
ft w
heel
spe
edA
BS/T
CC
MX
XX
4BO
hC
AN
RL
WH
EEL
SPEE
DRe
ar le
ft w
heel
spe
edD
SCC
MX
XX
4BO
hC
AN
RR
WH
EEL
SPEE
DRe
ar r
ight
whe
el s
peed
ABS
CM
XX
X
4BO
hC
AN
RR
WH
EEL
SPEE
DRe
ar r
ight
whe
el s
peed
ABS
/TC
CM
XX
X
4BO
hC
AN
RR
WH
EEL
SPEE
DRe
ar r
ight
whe
el s
peed
DSC
CM
XX
X
4CO
hC
AN
OD
OM
ETER
REA
DIN
GO
dom
eter
dis
tanc
e tr
avel
led
for
DTC
s an
d di
agno
stic
sIC
XX
694h
CA
N V
OIC
E A
IRC
ON
CO
MM
AN
DSC
P to
CA
N g
atew
ay m
essa
geIC
X
695h
CA
N A
IRC
ON
VO
ICE
STA
TUS
CA
N to
SC
P ga
tew
ay m
essa
geA
/CC
MX
696h
CA
N D
ISPL
AY
AIR
CO
N C
OM
MA
ND
SCP
to C
AN
gat
eway
com
man
d m
essa
geIC
X
No.
Mes
sage
Nam
eU
sage
Sourc
e
Rec
eive
rs
ABSCM
ABS/TCCM
DSCCM
ECM
TCM
IC
A/CCM
HLCM
JGM
SWS
YRS
DIAG
xii DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0LAppendix
CAN Message Matrix
697h
CA
N A
IRC
ON
DIS
PLA
Y ST
ATU
SC
AN
to S
CP
gate
way
mes
sage
A/C
CM
X
6AO
hC
AN
PO
WER
TRA
IN C
ON
FIG
URA
TIO
NN
etw
ork
man
agem
ent
ECM
XX
XX
6F1h
CA
N S
WS
CO
MM
AN
D C
OD
E W
ORD
Stee
ring
Ang
le S
enso
r ca
libra
tion
inst
ruct
ions
DSC
CM
X
6F1h
CA
N S
WS
CID
CA
N id
entif
ier
for
mes
sage
tran
smis
sion
DSC
CM
X
7C4h
CA
N D
IAG
NO
STIC
DA
TA IN
RC
CA
/CC
M d
iagn
ostic
s m
essa
geD
IAG
X
7C5h
CA
N D
IAG
NO
STIC
DA
TA O
UT
RCC
A/C
CM
dia
gnos
tics
data
out
. Onl
y in
res
pons
e to
mes
sage
#7C
4hA
/CC
MX
7E8h
CA
N D
IAG
NO
STIC
DA
TA IN
EC
MEC
M d
iagn
ostic
s m
essa
geD
IAG
X
7E9h
CA
N D
IAG
NO
STIC
DA
TA IN
TC
MTC
M d
iagn
ostic
s m
essa
geD
IAG
X
7Eah
CA
N D
IAG
NO
STIC
DA
TA IN
ICIC
dia
gnos
tics
mes
sage
DIA
GX
7Ebh
CA
N D
IAG
NO
STIC
DA
TA IN
ABS
ABS
CM
dia
gnos
tics
mes
sage
DIA
GX
XX
7Ech
CA
N D
IAG
NO
STIC
DA
TA O
UT
ECM
ECM
dia
gnos
tics
data
out
. Onl
y in
res
pons
e to
mes
sage
#7E
8hEC
MX
7Edh
CA
N D
IAG
NO
STIC
DA
TA O
UT
TCM
TCM
dia
gnos
tics
data
out
. Onl
y in
res
pons
e to
mes
sage
#7E
9hTC
MX
7Eeh
CA
N D
IAG
NO
STIC
DA
TA O
UT
ICIC
dia
gnos
tics
data
out
. Onl
y in
res
pons
e to
mes
sage
#7E
Ah
ICX
7Efh
CA
N D
IAG
NO
STIC
DA
TA O
UT
ABS
ABS
CM
dia
gnos
tics
data
out
. Onl
y in
res
pons
e to
mes
sage
#7E
BhA
BSC
MX
7Efh
CA
N D
IAG
NO
STIC
DA
TA O
UT
ABS
ABS
CM
dia
gnos
tics
data
out
. Onl
y in
res
pons
e to
mes
sage
#7E
BhA
BS/T
CC
MX
7Efh
CA
N D
IAG
NO
STIC
DA
TA O
UT
ABS
DSC
CM
dia
gnos
tics
data
out
. Onl
y in
res
pons
e to
mes
sage
#7E
BhD
SCC
MX
No.
Mes
sage
Nam
eU
sage
Sourc
e
Rec
eive
rs
ABSCM
ABS/TCCM
DSCCM
ECM
TCM
IC
A/CCM
HLCM
JGM
SWS
YRS
DIAG